Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout025665 - Construction-Related - Contract - Stabile & Winn, Inc.■ - SPECIFICATIONS [ / D O E FILE AN° CONTRACT™ 4 4^ CONTRACTORS BONDING EXTRACT DOCUMENTS » CONSTRUCTlONi^^-4^™7- IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM UNIT II: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATEsJJHJNO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN STREET TO EAST DEAD END C115-020115040594 DOE NO. 2006 K-1562 IN THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS KENNETH L. BARR MAYOR BOB TERRELL CITY MANAGER LEE C. BRADLEY, P.E. - DIRECTOR FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT HUGO A. MALANGA, P.E. - DIRECTOR DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS A. DOUGLAS RADEMAKER, P.E. - DIRECTOR DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING City of Fort Worth, Texas OTjayor and Qouneil Qommunicatton DATE 2/22/00 REFERENCE NUMBER **017874 LOG NAME PAGE 30CENTRAL 1 of 3 SUBJECT APPROPRIATION ORDINANCE AND AWARD OF CONTRACT TO JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INC. FOR UNIT I: WATER AND SANITARY SEWER REPLACEMENTS IN CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END, AND AWARD OF CONTRACT TO STABILE & WINN, INC. FOR UNIT II: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATE NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council: 1. Authorize the City Manager to transfer $235,378.00 from the Water and Sewer Operating Fund to the Water Capital Project Fund in the amount of $189,249.50 and the Sewer Capital Project Fund in the amount of $46,128.50; and 2. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriation in the Water Capital Project Fund in the amount of $189,249.50 and the Sewer Capital Project Fund in the • amount of $46,128.50 from available funds; and 3. Authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with Jackson Construction, Inc. in the amount of $178,088.00 and 60 working days for Unit I: Water and Sanitary Sewer Replacements in Central Avenue; and 4. Authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with Stabile & Winn, Inc. in the amount of $363,491.25 and 70 working days for Unit II: Paving Improvements Alternate No. 2 for Central Avenue. DISCUSSION: This project is included in the 1998 Capital Improvement Program. The Water Department has determined that the water and sanitary sewer lines in this street need to be replaced prior to street reconstruction. UNIT I: Unit I consists of the water and sanitary sewer replacements. This project was advertised for bid on November 4 and 10, 1999. On December 2, 1999, the following bids were received: UNIT I - BIDDERS AMOUNT TIME OF COMPLETION Jackson Construction, Inc. Davila Construction, Inc. Mid-State Utilities, Inc. Burleson Utilities, Inc. $178,088.00 $178,691.50 $193,038.00 $193,930.00 60 Working Days City of Fort Worth, Texas OT)agor and Qouneil Communication UNIT II: DATE 2/22/00 REFERENCE NUMBER **017874 LOG NAME 30CENTRAL PAGE 2 of 3 SUBJECT APPROPRIATION ORDINANCE AND AWARD OF CONTRACT TO JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INC. FOR UNIT I: WATER AND SANITARY SEWER REPLACEMENTS IN CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END, AND AWARD OF CONTRACT TO STABILE & WINN, INC. FOR UNIT II: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATE NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END Unit II consists of the paving improvements. The bid documents for paving improvements included two alternates (Alternate No. 1 and No. 2) as follows: • Alternate No. 1 included pulverization and HMAC resurfacing, construction of standard concrete curb and gutter, driveway approaches, and sidewalks where shown on the plans. • Alternate No. 2 included 5-inch HMAC pavement on 6-inch cement stabilized subgrade, construction of standard concrete curb and gutter, driveway approaches, and sidewalks where shown on the plans. This project was advertised for bid on November 4 and 10, 1999. On December 2, 1999, the following bids were received: UNIT II - BIDDERS - ALTERNATE NO. 1 AMOUNT TIME OF COMPLETION Branch & Sons Construction, Inc. Stabile & Winn, Inc. J. L. Bertram Construction & Engineering, Inc. McClendon Construction Company, Inc. Jackson Construction, Inc. $370,900.00 $380,972.25 $392,433.00 $440,287.50 $503,832.50 UNIT II - BIDDERS - ALTERNATE NO. 2 AMOUNT TIME OF COMPLETION Stabile & Winn, Inc. Branch & Sons Construction, Inc. J. L. Bertram Construction & Engineering, Inc. McClendon Construction Company, Inc. Jackson Construction, Inc. $363,491.25 $367,120.00 $374,547.45 $413,727.50 $516,435.00 70 Working Days Considering both bids, and given that Alternate No. 2 will provide a more durable pavement surface, staff is recommending the award of Unit II: Paving Improvements Alternate No. 2. Contingencies for Unit I change orders are $23,880.00, and $33,410.00 for associated construction inspection and survey. Contingencies for Unit II Alternate No. 2 change orders are $25,000.00. City of Fort Worth, Texas lytjAgor And Qouncil Qommuirieatton DATE 2/22/00 REFERENCE NUMBER **017874 LOG NAME PAGE 30CENTRAL 3 of 3 SUBJECT APPROPRIATION ORDINANCE AND AWARD OF CONTRACT TO JACKSON CONSTRUCTION, INC. FOR UNIT I: WATER AND SANITARY SEWER REPLACEMENTS IN CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END, AND AWARD OF CONTRACT TO STABILE & WINN, INC. FOR UNIT II: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATE NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END Jackson Construction, Inc. is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 4% M/WBE participation and documenting good faith effort. Jackson Construction, Inc. identified several subcontracting and supplier opportunities, however, the M/WBEs contacted in the areas identified did not respond or did not submit the lowest bid(s). The City’s goal on this project is 11 %. Stabile & Winn, Inc. is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 1% M/WBE participation and documenting good faith effort. Stabile & Winn, Inc. identified several subcontracting and supplier opportunities, however, the M/WBEs contacted in the areas identified did not respond or did not submit the lowest bid(s). The City’s goal on this project is 27%. Central Avenue is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2. FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION : The Finance Director certifies that upon approval and completion of recommendation 1, and adoption of the attached appropriation ordinance, funds will be available in the current capital budgets, as appropriated, of the Water Capital Projects Fund, the Sewer Capital Projects Fund, and the Street Improvements Fund. MG:k Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Mike Groomer 6140 FUND ACCOUNT CENTER AMOUNT CITY SECRETARY (to) APPROVED CITY COUNCIL FEB 22 W) City Secretary of the City of Fort Worth, Texas 1&2) PW53 472045 060530175810 $189,249.50 1&2)PS58 472045 070580175000 $ 46,128.50 Originating Department Head: •» A. Douglas Rademaker 6157 2) PW53 541200 060530175810 $163,245.50 2) PW53 531350 030530175810 $ 26,004.00 2) PS58 531350 030580175000 $ 7,406.00 2) PS58 541200 070580175000 $ 38,722.50 (from) 1)PE45 538070 0609020 $189,249.50 Additional Information Contact: A. Douglas Rademaker 6157 1)PE45 538070 0709020 $ 46,128.50 3) PW53 541200 060530175810 $144,465.50 3) PS58 541200 070580175000 $ 33,622.50 4) C115 541200 020115040594 $363,491.25 Adopted Ordinance No. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i i I TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. Notice to Bidders Special Instructions to Bidders (Water Department) Proposal Unit I: Water and Sanitary Sewer Replacements Minority and Women Business Enterprises Specifications-Unit I General Conditions (Water Department) Special Conditions (Water Department) Technical Specifications Material Specifications Certificate of Insurance Contractor Compliance With Worker’s Compensation Law Performance Bond Payment Bond Maintenance Bond Contract Special Instructions to Bidders (Transportation/Public Works Department) Proposal Unit II: Paving Improvements Alternate 1 Proposal Unit II Paving Improvements Alternate 2 Minority and Women Business Enterprises Specifications-Unit II-Altemate No. 1 Minority and Women Business Enterprises Specifications-Unit II-Altenate No. 2 Special Provisions -(Transportation/Public Works) Unit II Certificate of Insurance Contractor Compliance With Worker’s Compensation Law Equipment Schedule (Unit II) Experience Record (Unit II) Performance Bond Payment Bond Contract I I I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I I 1 NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: FOR: UNIT I: WATER AND SANITARY SEWER REPLACEMENTS IN: CENTRAL AVENUE FROM N. MAIN TO EAST DEAD END PW53-060530175810 PS58-070580175000 DOE NO. 2006 UNIT II: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATES NO. 1 & NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM N. MAIN TO EAST DEAD END Cl 115-020115040594 DOE NO. 2006 Addressed to Mr. Bob Terrell, City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1:30 PM, Thursday, December 2,1999 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 PM in the Council Chambers. Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents for this project may be obtained at the Office of the Department of Engineering, Municipal Office Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas. One set of documents will be provided to prospective bidders for a deposit of $50.00; such deposit will be refunded if the document is returned in good condition within (10) days after bids are opened. Additional sets may be purchased on a nonrefundable basis for fifty dollars ($50.00) per set. These documents contain additional information for prospective bidders. Bid security is required in accordance with the Special Instruction to Bidders. Submission of Bids: This document is designed as two separate contract documents and proposals and shall not be construed as being a package. The Proposal Sections are designed as two separate proposals and are arranged to allow the Contractor to submit a bid on each individual proposal. The total low bid of each proposal is the apparent successful bidder. If the Contractor only submits a bid on one proposal and is the lowest proposed price total, the Contractor will be the apparent successful bidder for this individual proposal. In order to be considered the apparent successful bidder for the paving improvements, the Contractor is required to submit bids (including separate M/WBE information) for both Units II Alternate No. 1 & Alternate No. 2. Unit I consists of the water and/or sewer line replacements. Unit II Alternate No. 1 & Alternate No. 2 consist of the street and/or storm drain improvements. Pre-qualification Requirements for Water Department Work: The water and/or sanitary sewer improvements must be performed by a contractor who is pre­ qualified by the Water Department at the time of bid opening. A general contractor who is not pre-qualified by the Water Department, must employ the services of a sub-contractor who is pre- qualified. The procedure for pre-qualification is outlined in the “Special Instructions to Bidders (Water Department)”. 1-1 I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I 1 I I i Bidders shall, if applicable, identify on the last page of the proposal section, the pre-qualified sub-contractor who shall install the water and/or sanitary sewer facilities. Failure to list a sub-contractor who is pre-qualified by the Water Department shall result in the rejection of the bid as non-responsive. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of forty-nine (49) days from the date the M/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM (“Documentation”) as appropriate is received by the City. The award of contract, if made, will be within forty-nine (49) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all Addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the Addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form. Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all Addenda may be rejected as being nonresponsive. Information regarding the status of Addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering at 817-871-7910. In accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 11923, as amended, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contract. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary In addition, the bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM (“Documentation”) as appropriate. The documentation must be received no later than 5:00 PM, five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid nonresponsive. For additional information, contact Bryan Beck at (817) 871- 7909. BOB TERRELL CITY MANAGER GLORIA PEARSON CITY SECRETARY A. Douglas Rademaker, P.E. Director, I^mrtj^ent_pf Engineering Upjohn /icing, P.E. A Manager, Engineering Services Advertising Dates: November 4,1999 November 10,1999 1-2 C2-2.7 C2-2.8 C2-2.9 C2-2.10 C2-2.ll C2-2.12 Delivery of Proposal Withdrawing Proposals Telegraphic Modification of Proposals Public Opening of Proposal Irregular Proposals Disqualification of Bidders C2-2 (4) C2-2 (4) C2-2 (4) C2-2 (4) C2-2 (4) C2-2 (5) C3-3 C3-3.1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS Consideration of Proposals C3-3 (1) C3-3.2 Minority Business Enterpise Women-Owned Business Enterprise compliance C3-3 (1) C3-3.3 Equal Employment Provisions C3-3 (1) C3-3.4 Withdrawal of Proposals C3-3 (2) C3-3.5 Award of Contract C3-3 (2) C3-3.6 Return of Proposal Securities C3-3 (2) C3-3.7 Bonds C3-3 (2) C3-3.8 Execution of Contract C3-3 (4) C3-3.9 Failure to Execute Contract C3-3 (4) C3-3.10 Beginning Work C3-3 (4) C3-3.ll Insurance C3-3 (4) C3-3.12 Contractor's Obligations C3-3 (7) C3-3.13 Weekly Payroll Contractor's Contract Administration C3-3 (7) C3-3.14 C3-3 (7) C3-3.15 Venue C3-3 (8) C4-4 C4-4.1 SCOPE OF WORK Intent of Contract Documents C4-4 (1) C4-4.2 Special Provisions C4-4 (1) C4-4.3 Increased or Decreased Quantities C4-4 (1) C4-4.4 Alteration of Contract Documents C4-4 (2) C4-4.5 Extra Work C4-4 (2) C4-4.6 Schedule of Operations C4-4 (3) C4-4.7 Progress Schedules for Water and Sewer Plant Facilities C4-4 (4) C5-5 C5-5.1 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS Authority of Engineer C5-5 (1) C5-5.2 Conformity with Plans C5-5 (1) C5-5.3 Coordination of Contract Documents C5-5 (2) C5-5.4 Cooperation of Contractor C5-5 (2) C5-5.5 Emergency and/or Rectification Work C5-5 (3) C5-5.6 Field Office C5-5 (3) C5-5.7 Construction Stakes C5-5 (3) C5-5.8 Authority and Duties of Inspectors C5-5 (4) C5-5.9 Inspection C5-5 (5) C5-5.10 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work C5-5 (5) C5-5.ll Substitute Materials or Equipment C5-5 (5) C5-5.12 Samples and Tests of Materials C5-5 (6) C5-5.13 Storage of Materials C5-5 (6) C5-5.14 Existing Structures and Utilities C5-5 (7) C5-5.15 Interruption of Service C5-5 (7) C5-5.16 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors C5-5 (8) C5-5.17 Cleanup C5-5 (8) C5-5.18 Final Inspection C5-5 (9) &HCIM Clff ® Hfl RIM. IK. (2) C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6.1 Laws to be Observed C6-6 (1) C6-6.2 Permits and Licenses C6-6 (1) C6-6.3 Patented Devices, Materials and Processes C6-6 (1) C6-6.4 Sanitary Provisions C6-6 (2) C6-6.5 Public Safety and Convenience C6-6 (2) C6-6.6 Privileges of Contractor in Streets, Alleys, and Right-of-Way C6-6 (3) C6-6.7 Railway Crossings C6-6 (4) C6-6.8 Barricades, Warnings and Watchmen C6-6 (4) C6-6.9 Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, etc.C6-6 (5) C6-6.10 Work Within Easements C6-6 (6) C6-6.ll Independent Contractor C6-6 (8) C6-6.12 Contractor's Responsibility for Damage Claims C6-6 (8) C6-6.13 Contractor's Claim for Damages C6-6 (10) C6-6.14 Adjustment of Relocation of Public Utilities, etc.C6-6 (10) C6-6.15 Temporary Sewer Drain Connections C6-6 (10) C6-6.16 Arrangement and Charges of Water Furnished by City C6-6 (11) C6-6.17 Use of a Section of Portion of the Work C6-6 (11) C6-6.18 Contractor's Responsibility for Work C6-6 (11) C6-6.19 No Waiver of Legal Rights C6-6 (12) C6-6.20 Personal Liability of Public Officials C6-6 (12) C6-6.21 State Sales Tax C6-6 (12) C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS C7-7.1 Subletting C7-7 (1) C7-7.2 Assignment of Contract C7-7 (1) C7-7.3 Prosecution of the Work C7-7 (1) C7-7.4 Limitations of Operations C7-7 (2) C7-7.5 Character of Workman and Equipment C7-7 (2) C7-7.6 Work Schedule C7-7 (3) C7-7.7 Time of Commencement and Completion C7-7 (4) C7-7.8 Extension of time of Completion C7-7 (4) C7-7.9 Delays C7-7 (4) C7-7.10 Time of Completion C7-7 (5) C7-7.ll Suspension by Court Order C7-7 (6) C7-7.12 Temporary Suspension C7-7 (6) C7-7.13 Termination of Contract due to National Emergency C7-7 (7) C7-7.14 Suspension of Abandonment of the Work and Annulment of Contract C7-7 (7) C7-7.15 Fulfillment of Contract C7-7 (9) C7-7.16 Termination for Convenience of the Onwer C7-7 (10) C7-7.17 Safety Methods and Practices C7-7 (13) C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8.1 Measurement of Quantities C8-8 (1) C8-8.2 Unit Prices C8-8 (1) (3) C8-8.3 Lump Sum C8-8 (1) C8-8.4 Scope of Payment C8-8 (1) C8-8.5 Partial Estimates and Retainage C8-8 (2) C8-8.6 Withholding Payment C8-8 (3) C8-8.7 Final Acceptance C8-8 (3) C8-8.8 Final Payment C8-8 (3) C8-8.9 Adquacy of Design C8-8 (4) C8-8.10 General Guaranty C8-8 (4) C8-8.ll Subsidiary Work C8-8 (5) C8-8.12 Miscellaneous Placement of Material C8-8 (5) C8-8.13 Record Documents C8-8 (5) (4) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS Cl-1 DEFINITIONS SECTION Cl-1 DEFINITIONS Cl-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents the following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be understood and interpreted as follows: Cl-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are all of the written and drawn documents, such as specifications, bonds, addenda, plans, etc., which govern the terms and performance of the contract. These are contained in the General Contract Documents and the Special Contract Documents. a. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The General Contract Documents govern all Water Department Projects and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Sample) White PART B - PROPOSAL (Sample) White PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS (CITY) Canary Yellow (Developer) Brown PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Green PART E - SPECIFICATIONS El-White E2-Golden Rod E2A-White PERMITS/EASEMENTS Blue PART F - BONDS (Sample) White PART G - CONTRACT (Sample) White b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the General Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) Same as above PART B - PROPOSAL (Bid) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E - SPECIFICATIONS PERMITS/EASEMENTS PART F - BONDS PART G - CONTRACT PART H - PLANS (Usually bound separately) Cl-1 (1) Cl-1.3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: All of the legal publications either actually published in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the work contemplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the notice to bidders. Cl-1.4 PROPOSAL; The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to perform the work which the Owner desires to h^ve done, together with the bid security, constitutes the Proposal, which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially received by the Owner, has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner. Cl-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, persons, firm, partnership, company, association, corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, submitting a proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents, constitutes a bidder. Cl-1.6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be carried on in accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes, and requirements of the City of Fort Worth’s charter and promulgated ordinances. Wherever there may be a conflict between the General Conditions and Special Conditions, the latter shall take precedence and shall govern. Cl-1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special conditions are the specific requirements which a re necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not specifically covered in the General Conditions. When considered with the General Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of the project. Cl-1.8 SPECIFICATIONS: The Specifications is that section or part of the Contract Documents which sets forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials, construction, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful project. Whenever reference is made to standard specifications, regulations, requirements, statutes, etc., such referred to documents shall become a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were embodied therein. Cl-1.9 BOND: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by the Contractor for the prompt and Cl-1 (2) faithful performance of the contract and include the following: a. Performance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) b. Payment Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) c. Maintenance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) d. Proposal or Bid Security (see Special Instructions to Bidders, Part A and C2-2.6) Cl-1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is the formal signed agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about the project to be completed under the Contract Documents. Cl-1.11 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions therefrom made by the Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension and position of the various elements of the project, including such profiles, typical cross-sections, layout diagrams, working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the purpose of showing changes in the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately from other parts of the Contract Documents, but they are a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were bound therein. Cl-1.12 CITY: The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by and through its governing body or its City Manger, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties. Responsibility for final enforcement of Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager. The terms City and Owner are synonymous. Cl-1.13 CITY COUNCIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. Cl-1.14 MAYOR: The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro tern of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. Cl-1.15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. Cl-1.16 CITY ATTORNEY: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. Cl-1 (3) Cl-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS; The duly appointed official of the City of Fort Worth, referred to in the Charter as the City Engineer, or his duly authorized representative. Cl-1.18 DIRECTOR, CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The duly appointed Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative, assistant, or agents. Cl-1.19 ENGINEER: The Director of Public Works, the Director of the Fort Worth City Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors, or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. Cl-1.20 CONTRACTOR: The person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of the work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. A sub-contractor is a person, firm, corporation, or others under contract with the principal contractor, supplying labor and materials or only labor, for work at the.site of the project. Cl-1.21 SURETIES:. The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds are required with and for the Contractor. The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as set forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes therein. Cl-1.22 THE WORK OR PROJECT: The completed work contemplated in and covered by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and serviceable project. Cl-1.23 WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which the weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., with exceptions as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6. Cl-1.24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. Cl-1.25 LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City employees as follows: ————1 holidays as the City Council may determine 1.New Year's Day January 1 2.M. L. King, Jr. Birthday Third Monday in January 3.Memorial Day Last Monday in May 4.Independence Day July 4 5.Labor Day First Monday in September 6.Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November 7.Thanksgiving Friday Fourth Friday in November 8. 9. Christmas Day Such other days in lieu of December 25 When one of the above named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City Council, falls on Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday or if it falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday, by those employees working on working day operations. Employees working calendar day operations will consider the calendar holiday as the holiday. Cl-1.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Wherever the abbreviations defined herein appear in Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as follows: AASHTO - American Association of MGD State Highway Transportation Officials ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers LAW - In Accordance With ASTM American Society of Testing Materials AWWA American Water Works Association ASA American Standards Association HI Hydraulic Institute Asph.Asphalt Ave.Avenue Blvd.Boulevard CI Cast Iron CL Center Line GI Galvanized Iron Lin.Linear or Lineal lb.Pound MH Manhole Max.Maximum - Million Gallons Per Day CFS - Cubic Foot per Second Min. -Minimum Mono.-Monolithic %Percentum R Radius I.D. -Inside Diameter O.D. - Outsid Diameter Elev.-Elevation F Fahrenheit C Centigrade In. -Inch Ft. -Foot St. -Street CY Cubic Yard Yd. -Yard SY Square Yard L.F. -Linear Foot D.I. -Ductile Iron Cl-1 (5) CI-1.27 CHANGE ORDER: A "Change Order" is a written supplemental agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted item or feature which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of the project on which bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the proposal are not the subject matter of a Change Order unless the increase or decrease is more than 25% of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal. All "Change Orders" shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary furnished by the Contractor. Cl-1.28 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: A paved street or alley shall be defined as a street or alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the natural unimproved surface: 1. Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material. 2. Any type of asphalt surface treatment, not including an oiled surface, with or without separate base material. 3. Brick, with or without separate base material. 4. Concrete, with or without separate base material. 5. Any combination of the above. Cl-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS OR ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway or other surface is any area except those defined above for "Paved Streets and Alleys." Cl-1.30 CITY STREETS: A city street is defined as that area between the right-of-way lines as the street is dedicated. Cl-1.31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two (2’) feet back of the curb lines or four (4*) feet back of the average edge of pavement where no curb exists. Cl-1.32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is any unpaved street to which has been added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural material found on the street surface before any improvement was made. SECTION C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2.1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will furnish bidders with proposal form, which will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be furnished and upon which bid prices are requested. The Proposal form will state the Bidder's general understanding of the project to be completed, provide a space for furnishing the amount of bid security, and state the basis for entering into a formal contract. The Owner will furnish forms for the Bidder's "Experience Record," "Equipment Schedule," and "Financial Statement," all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of the City Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the current financial status. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount of ten (10%) percent of the estimated project cost will be required. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are to be received, and such experience must have been on projects completed not more than five (5) years prior to the date on which are to be received. The Director of the Water department shall be sole judge as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and state that he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete the project on which he submits a bid. C2-2.2 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITIES: The quantities of work and materials to be furnished as may be listed in the proposal WiCWL BOOR CliffICHWC2-2(l) forms or other parts of the Contract Documents will be considered as approximate only and will be used for the purpose of comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and Plans. The quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the'Contract Documents. C2-2.3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT: Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute all of the information which the Owner will furnish. All additional information and data which the owner will supply after promulgation of the formal contract documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. Bidders are required, prior to the filing of proposal, to read and become familiar with the Contract Documents, to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local conditions, to inform themselves by their own independent research and investigations, tests, boring, and by such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during the construction of the project. They must judge for themselves the difficulties of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work or the time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make an intelligent proposal. No information given by the Owner or any representative of the Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the investigations, examinations and tests herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be allowed. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, showing on the plans are for general information only and may not be correct. Neither the C2-2(2) Owner nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. C2-2.4 SUBMITTING OF PROPOSAL; The Bidder shall submit his Proposal on the form furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces applicable to the project contained in the form shall be correctly filled in and the Bidder shall state the prices, written in ink in both words and numerals, for which he proposes to do the work contemplated or furnishe the materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in numerals, the price most advantageous to the City shall govern. If a proposal is submitted by an individual, his or her name must be signed by him (her) or his (her) duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given, and the proposal must be signed by a member of the firm, association, or partnership, or by a person duly authorized. If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporate seal must be affixed. Power of Attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposal must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. C2-2.5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any alteration of words or figures, additions not called for, conditional or uncalled for alternate bids, incomplete bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalance value of any items. Proposal tendered or delivered after the official time designated for receipt of proposal shall be returned to the Bidder unopened. C2-2.6 BID SECURITY: No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanied by a "Proposal Security" of the character and in the amount indicated in the "Notice to Bidders" and the "Proposal." The Bid Security is required by the Owner as evidence of good faith on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract, the Bidder will within the required time execute a formal contract and furnish the required performance and other bonds. The bid security of the three lowest bidders will be retained until the contract is awarded or other disposition is made thereof. The bid security of all other bidders may be returned promptly after the canvass of bids. aocHffl C2-2(3) C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the City Manager or his representative in the official place of business as set forth in the "Notice to Bidders." It is the Bidder’s sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the City Manager, City Hall, Fort Worth, Texas. C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened. C2-2.9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the City Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. C2-2.10 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSAL: Proposals which have been properly filed and for which no "Non-consideration Request" has been received will be publicly opened and read aloud by the City Manager or his authorized representative at the time and place indicated in the "Notice to Bidders." All proposals which have been opened and read will remain on file with the Owner until the contract has been awarded. Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present for the opening of bids. C2-2.ll IRREGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shall be considered as being "Irregular" if they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions, or conditions not called for, unauthorized alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind. However, the C2-2(4)aw®mv Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best interest of the City. Tendering a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which cannot be waived. C2-2.12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Bidders may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for any of, but not limited to, the following reason: a. Reasons for believing that collusion exists among bidders. b. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for work contemplated. c. The bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where the Owner may have a claim against or be engaged in litigation against the bidder. d. The bidder being in arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on a previous contract. e. The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. f. Lack of competency as revealed by the financial statement, experience record, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see fit to make. g. Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Owner, will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. h. The bidder not filing with the Owner, one week in advance of the hour of the opening of proposals the following: 1. Financial Statement showing the financial condition of the bidder as specified in Part "A" - Special Instructions. 2. A current experience record showing especially the projects of a nature similar to the one under consideration, which have been successfully completed by the Bidder. 3. An equipment schedule showing the equipment the bidder has available for use on the project. The Bid Proposal of a bidder who, in the judgment of the Engineer, is disqualified under the requirements stated herein, shall be set aside and not opened. C2-2(5) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS SECTION C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: C3-3.1 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS: After proposals have been opened and read aloud, the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices, the quantities shown in the proposal, and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents. The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of unit prices quoted and the estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid. Until the award of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re-advertise for new proposals, or to proceed with the work in any manner as maybe considered for the best interest of the Owner. C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to Owner, upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and or a a Woman-owned Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and the payment therefor. Contractor further agrees, upon request by Owner, to allow and audit and/or an examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE or WBE. Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the contract and for initiating any action under appropriate federal, state or local laws and ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner's discretion for bidding on future Contracts with the Owner for a period of time of not less than six (6) months. C3-3.3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall comply with Current City Ordinance prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. C3-3 (1) The Contractor shall post the required notice to that effect on the project site, and, at his request, will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the Contractor. Appropriate notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer. C3-3.4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS; After a proposal has been read by the Owner it cannot be withdrawn by the Bidder within forty-five (45) days after the date on which the proposals were opened. C3-3.5 AWARD OF CONTRACT; The Owner reserves the right to withholdfinal action on the proposals for a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-five (45) days after the date of opening proposals, and in no event will an award be made until after investigations have been made as to the responsibility of the proposed awardee.. . The award of the contract, if an award is made, will be to the lowest and best responsible bidder. The award of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the Contractor in writing of such award. C3-3.6 RETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES; As soon as proposed price totals have been determined for comparison of bids, the Owner may, at its discretion, return the proposal security which accompanied the proposals which, in its judgment, would not be considered for the award. All other proposal securities, usually those of the three lowest bidders, will be retained by the Owner until the required contract has been executed and bond furnished or the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be returned by the City Secretary. C3-3.7 BONDS; With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall furnish to, and file with the Owner in the amounts herein required, the following bonds; a. PERFORMANCE BOND; A good and sufficient performance bond in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the full and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for the protection of the Owner and all other persons against damage by reason of negligence of the Contractor, or improper execution of the work or the use of inferior materials. This performance eiW SMWC3-3 (2) bond shall guarantee the payment for all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and services used in the construction of the work, and shall remain in full force and effect until provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and final payment is made on the project by the City. b. MAINTENANCE BOND: A good and sufficient maintenance bond, in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set forth in paragraph C8-8.10. c. PAYMENT BOND: A good and sufficient payment bond, in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful payment of all claimants as defined in Article 5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended by House Bill 344 Acts 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, effective April 27, 1959, and/or the latest version thereof, supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract being constructed under these specifications. Payment Bond shall remain in force until all payments as above stipulated are made. d. OTHER BONDS: Such other bonds as may be required by these Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor. No sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the owner. All bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable to the owner. In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and Surety Company. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the Owner, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately provide a C3-3 (3) new surety satisfactory to the Owner. No payment will be made under the contract until the new surety or sureties, as required, have qualified and have been accepted by the Owner. The contract shall not be operative nor will any payments be due or paid until approval of the bonds by the Owner. C3-3.8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: Within ten (10) days after the Owner has by appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the contract, the Contractor shall execute and file with the Owner the Contract and such bonds as may be required in the Contract Documents. No contract shall be binding upon the owner until it has been attested by the City Secretary, approved as to form and legality by the City Attorney, and executed for the Owner by either the Mayor or City Manager. C3-3.9 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT: The failure of the Awardee to execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the required contract within ten (10) days after the contract is awarded shall be considered by the Owner as an abandonment of his proposal, and the Owner may annul the Award. By reason of the uncertainty of the market prices of material and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately determine the amount of damages occuring to the Owner by reason of said awardee's failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten (10) days, the proposal security accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of damages which Owner will suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon immediately be forfeited to the Owner. The filing of a proposal will be considered as an acceptance of this provision by the Bidder. C3-3.10 BEGINNING WORK: The Contractor shall not commence work until authorized in writing to do so by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to commence work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written authorization usually termed the "Work Order" or "Proceed Order", it is agreed that the Surety Company will, within ten (10) days after the commencement date set forth in such written authorization, commence the physical execution of the contract. C3-3.ll INSURANCE: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all the insurance required under the Contract Documents, and such insurance has been approved by the Owner. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub-contractors' C3-3 (4) certificate of insurance for approval. The prime contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub-contractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all sub-contractors. a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE; The Contractor shall maintain, during the life of this contract, Workers' Compensation Insurance on all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract, and for all sub-contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Workers' Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees not so protected. b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contractcontractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance) in an amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of bodily injury, including death, and in an amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of property damage with $2,000,000 umbrella policy coverage. c. ADDITIONAL LIABILITY: The Contractor shall furnish insurance as separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the above-mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public liability and property damage, the following insurance: 1. Contingent Liability (covers General Contractor's Liability for acts of sub-contractors). 2. Blasting, prior to any blasting being done. 3. Collapse of buildings or structures adjacent to excavation (if excavations are to be performed adjacent to same). 4. Damage to underground utilities for $500,000. C3-3 (5) 5. Builder's risk (where above-ground structures are involved). 6. Contractual Liability (covers all indemnification requirements of Contract). df AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the life of this Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance in an amount not less than $250,000 for injuries including accidental death to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person an amount not less than $500,000 on account of one accident, and automobile property damage insurance in an amount not less than $100,000. e. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his sub-contractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him, and also against any of the following special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. f. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in amounts and by carriers satisfactory to the Owner. (Sample attached.) All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub-contractor, should the Prime Contractor's insurance not co v e r the sub-contractor's work operations. g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING: The insurance and bonding companies with whom the Contractor's insurance and performance, payment, maintenance and all such other bonds are written shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within the city limits of the C3-3 (6) i I o i I i i i i i i i i i i 0 City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas. Each such agent shall be a duly qualified, one upon whom service of process may be had, and must have authority and power to act on behalf of the insurance and/or bonding company to negotiate and settle with the City of Fort Worth, or any other claimant, any claims that the City of Fort Worth or other claimant or any property owner who has been damaged, may have against the Contractor, insurance, and/or bonding company. If the local insurance representative is not so empowered by the insurance or bonding companies, then such authority must be vested in a local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex, the Fort Worth-Dallas area. The name of the agent or agents shall be set forth on all of such bonds and certificates of insurance. C3-3.12 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: Under the Contract, the Contractor shall pay for all materials, labor and services when due. C3-3.13 WEEKLY PAYROLL: A certified copy of each payroll covering payment of wages to all person engaged in work on the project at the site of the project shall be furnished to the Owner's representative within seven (7) days after the close of each payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times during the course of the Contract. Copies of the wage rates will be furnished the Contractor, by the Owner; however, posting and protection of the wage rates shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. C3-3.14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Any Contractor, whether a person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, corporation or other who is approved to do business with and enters into a contract with the City for construction of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities, will have or shall establish a fully operational business office within the Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area. The Contractor shall charge, he may delegate his delegate, or assign this Project Superintendent) office (or with full authority to transact all business actions required in the performance of the Contract. This local authority shall be made responsible to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work governed by the Contract whether it be administrative or otherwise and as such shall be empowered, thus delegated and directed, to settle all material, labor or other expenditures, all claims against the work or any other C3-3 (7) matter associated such as maintaining adequate and appropriate insurance or security coverage for the project. Such local authority for administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained until all business transactions executed as part of the Contract are complete. Should the Contractor’s principal base of operations be other than in the Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area, notification of the Contractor’s assignment of local authority shall be made in writing to the Engineer in advance of any work on the project, all appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable, by the Contractor's responsible officers with the understanding that this written assignment of authority to a local representative shall become part of the project Contract as though bound directly into the project documents. The intent of these requirements is that all matters associated with the Contractor's administration, whether it be oriented in furthering the work, or other, be governed direct by local authority. This same requirement is imposed on insurance and surety coverage. Should the Contractor's local representative fail to perform to the satisfaction of Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion, may demand that such local representative be replaced and the Engineer may, at his sole discretion, stop all work until a new local authority satisfactory to the Engineer is assigned. No credit of working time will be for periods in which work stoppages are in effect for this reason. C3-3.15 VENUE: Venue of any action hereinunder shall be exclusively in Tarrant County, Texas. I 11 11 I I I I I I II 11 I II II II 11 II II IC3-3 (8) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK C4-4.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor undertakes to construct or furnish, all in full compliance with the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all work as provided for in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or special work as may be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, special services, and incidentals necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project. C4-4.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by General or Special Conditions of these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, then "Special Provisions" covering all such work will be prepared by the Owner previous to the time of receiving bids or proposals for such work and furnished to the Bidder in the form of Addenda. All such "Special Provisions" shall be considered to be a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were originally written therein. C4-4.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices. Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than 25 percent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity of any item or items of work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25 percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other party be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal; such revised consideration to be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for "Extra Work." No allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as uwICIAL H Clff tra aw C4-4 (1) waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories, shall be interpreted herein as applying to the overall quantities or sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size, but not to the various depth categories. C4-4.4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; By Change Order, the Owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable to insure completion in the most satisfactory manner, provided such changes do not materially alter the original Contract Documents or change the general nature of the project as a whole. Such changes shall not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision of the Contract Documents. C4-4.5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as "Extra Work" and shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved additions thereto; provided, however, that before any extra work is begun a "Change Order" shall be executed or written order issued by the Owner to do the work for payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more combination of the following methods: a. Unit bid price previously approved. b. An agreed lump sum. c. The actual reasonable cost of (1) labor, (2) rental of equipment used on the extra work for the time so used at Associated General Contractors of America current equipment rental rates; (3) materials entering permanently into the project, and (4) actual cost of insurance, bonds, and social security as determined by the Owner, plus a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to exceed 10% of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of equipment owned by him and used for the extra work. The fee shall be full and complete compensation to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead, other profit, general and all other expense not included in (1), (2), (3), and (4) above. The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records on the form and in the method I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 IC4-4 (2) suggested by the Owner and shall give the Owner access to all accounts, bills, vouchers, and records relating to the Extra Work. No "Change Order" shall become effective until it has been approved and signed by each of the Contracting parties. No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Owner. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation, he shall make written request to the Engineer for written orders authorizing such Extra Work, prior to beginning such work. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep an accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof as provided under method (Item C). Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim with the Owner within five (5) days before the time for making the first estimate after such work is done and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers and certified payrolls covering all labor and materials expended upon the said Extra Work. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the Owner to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. The compensation agreed upon for ’extra work' whether or not iniitiated by a 'change order' shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or extra work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result or the change or extra work. C4-4.6 SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS: Before commencing any work under this contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner's approval thereof, a "Schedule of Operations," showing by a straight line method the date of commencing and finishing each of the major elements of the contract. There shall be also shown the estimated monthly cost of work for which estimates are to be expected. There C4-4 (3)aw oaw shall be presented also a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of construction with the time being plotted horizontally and the percentage of completion plotted vertically. The progress charts shall be prepared on 8-1/2" x 11" sheets and at least five black or blue line prints shall be furnished to the Owner. C4-4.7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWER PLANT FACILITIES: Within ten (10) days prior to submission of first monthly progress payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner for approval six copies of the schedule in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the work, the date of which he will start the several major activities (including procurement of materials, plans, and equipment) and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The schedule shall be in the form of a time schedule Critical Path Method (CPM) network diagram. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments in contract time approved by the Engineer. Three copies of the updated schedule shall be delivered at such intervals as directed by the Owner. As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications. Prior to the final drafting schedule, the Contractor sha with the Engineer to ensure of the contract requirements. The following guidelines she the construction schedule: of the detailed construction 11 review the draft schedule the Contractor's understanding ill be adhered to in preparing a.Milestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and completion time. b.The construction process shall be divided into activities with time durations of approximately fourteen (14) days and construction values not to exceed $50,000. Fabrication, delivery and submittal activities are exceptions to this guideline. C4-4 (4) c. Durations shall be in calendar days and normal holidays and weather conditions over the duration of the contract shall be accounted for within the duration of each activity. d. One critical path shall be shown on the construction schedule. e. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. f. Thirty days shall be used for submittal review unless otherwise specified. The construction schedule shall as a minimum be divided into general categories as indicated in the Proposal and Technical Specifications and each general category shall be broken down into activities in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately fourteen (14) days duration. For each general category, the construction schedule shall identify all trades or subcontracts whose work is represented by activities that follow the guidelines of this Section. For each of the trades or subcontracts, the construction schedule shall indicate the following procurements, construction and preacceptance activities and events in their logical sequence for equipment and materials. 1. Preparation and transmittal of submittals. 2. Submittal review periods. 3. Shop fabrication and delivery. 4. Erection or installation. 5. Transmittal of manufacturer’s operation and maintenance instructions. 6. Installed equipment and materials testing. 7. Owner's operator instruction (if applicable). 8. Final inspection. OTCIM HOM) CWCHW fM,a C4-4 (5) 9. Operational testing. 10. Final inspection. If, in the opinion of the Owner, work accomplished falls behind that scheduled, the Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress. In addition, the 'Owner may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan to make up lag in scheduled progress and to insure completion of the work within the contract time. If the Owner finds the proposed plan not acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or the overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered grounds for determination by the Owner that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified. ll I I 11 11 I I 11 11 11 11 II I 11 11 I 11 I IC4-4 (6) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS SECTION C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C5-5.1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER? The work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. He shall decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, rate of progress of the work, overall sequence of the construction, interpretation of the Contract Documents, acceptable fulfillment of the contract, compensation, mutual rights between Contractor and Owner under these Contract Documents, supervision of the work, resumption of operations, and all other questions or disputes which may arise. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents. He shall determine the amount and quality of the work completed and materials furnished, and his decisions and estimates shall be final. His estimates in such event shall be a condition to the right of the Contractor to receive money due him under the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective such necessary decisions and orders as the Contractor fails to carry out promptly. In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the Engineer on any such matters, the Engineer must, within a reasonable time, upon written request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the Owner and Contractor, a written decision on the matter in controversy/ C5-5.2 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS; The finished project in all cases shall conform with lines, grades, cross-sections, finish, and dimensions shown on the plans or any other requirements otherwise described in the Contract Documents. Any deviation from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction will in all cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change Order. CMCFaaf c5-5 (1) R Kg?H, H. C5-5.3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are made up of several sections, which, taken together, are intended to describe and provide for a complete and useful project, and any requirements appearing in one of the sections is as binding as though it occurred in all sections. In case of discrepancies, figured dimension shall govern over scaled dimensions, plans shall govern over specifications, special conditions shall govern over general conditions and standard specifications, and quantities shown on the plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission in the Contract Documents, and the Owner shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for the fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. In the event the Contractor discovers an apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call this condition to the attention of the Engineer. In the event of a conflict in the drawings, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the award of Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have quoted the most expensive resolution of the conflict. C5-5.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor will be furnished with three sets of the Contract Documents and shall have available on the site of the project at all times one set of such Contract Documents. The Contract shall give to the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer, his inspector, and other Contractors in every possible way. The Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times at the site of the project a competent, English-speaking superintendent and an assistant who are fully authorized to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such superintendent and his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner, the Engineer, or his authorized representatives. Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall designate in writing to the project superintendent, to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of Tarrant County, Texas and shall be subject to call, as is the project Superintendent, at any time of the day or night on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances require the presence on the project site of a representative of the Contractor to I i I C5-5 (2) vffClM iSCOfl) CIW HW H, WM,I adequately provide for the safety or convenience of the traveling public or the owners of property across which the project extends or the safety of property contiguous to the project routing. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to enable the Engineer and his inspector to examine and inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. C5-5.5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION WORK; When, in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer, a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work, the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative, shall respond with dispatch to a verbal request made by the Owner or Engineer to alleviate the emergency condition. Such a response shall occur day or night, whether the project is scheduled on a calendar-day or on a working-day basis. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or corrections necessary to conform with the requirements of the project specifications or plans, the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall then deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due the Contractor on the project. C5-5.6 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide, at no extra compensation, an adequate field office for use of the Engineer, if specifically called for. The field office shall be not less than 10 by 14 feet in floor area, substantially constructed,, well heated, air conditioned, lighted, and weather-proof, so that documents will not be damaged by the elements. C5-5.7 CONSTRUCTION STAKES; The City, through its Engineer, will furnish the Contractor with all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these Contract Documents, and lines, grades and measurements will be established by means of stakes or other customary method of marking as may be found consistent with good practice. QfflCiM K©» Clff MEW C5-5 (3) These stakes or markings shall be set sufficiently in advance of construction operations to avoid delay. Such stakes or markings as may be established for the Contractor's use or guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor until he is authorized by the Engineer to remove them. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any stakes or markings have been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost of replacing such stakes or marks plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. C5-5.8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTORS: City Inspectors will be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or manufacturing of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City Inspector may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being performed, to report any evidence that the materials being furnished or the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and to call the attention of the Contractor to any such failure or other infringements. Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the City Inspector as to the materials or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the work, the City Inspector will have authority to reject materials or equipment to suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to and be decided by the Engineer. The City Inspector will not, however, be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, or release any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion or section of the work, nor to issue any instructions contrary to the requirements of the Contract Documents. He will in no case act as superintendent or foreman or .perform any other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management or operation of the work. He will not accept from the Contractor any compensation in any form for performing any duties. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of the City Inspector or Engineer when the same are consistent with the obligations of the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders or instructions of the City Inspector, the Contractor may within six days make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision on the matter in controversy. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I V I I I IC5-5 (4) C5-5.9 INSPECTION: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Engineer so requests, the Contractor shall, at any time before acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents. Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra work, but should be work so exposed or examined prove to be unacceptable, the uncovering or removing and the replacing of all adjacent defective or damaged parts shall be at the Contractor’s expense. No work shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision or inspection. C5-5.10 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK: All work, materials, or equipment which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at his own expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein specifically provided, or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner. Work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor’s expense. Upon the failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this paragraph, the Engineer will have the authority to cause defective work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed, and the cost thereof may be deducted from any money due or to become due to the Contractor. Failure to require the removal of any defective or unauthorized work shall not constitute acceptance of such works. C5-5.ll SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT: If the Specifications, law, ordinance, codes or regulations permit Contractor to furnish or use a substitute that is equal to any material or equipment specified, and if Contractor wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute, he shall, prior to the preconstruction conference, make written application to ENGINEER for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that specified; and identifying all variations of the proposed fflCIM K6® aw C5-5 (5) substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance service. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without the written.approval of Engineer who will be the judge of the equality and may require Contractor to furnish such other data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as Owner may require which shall be furnished at Contractor's expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against the claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. C5-5.12 SAMPLES AND TESTS OR MATERIALS; Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing agency by the Owner unless otherwise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to make any tests of materials shall be in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests and sampling of materials, unless otherwise specified, will be made in accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials or specific requirements of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide such facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and shall not, without specific written permission of the Engineer, use the materials represented by the samples until tests have been made and the materials approved for use. The Contractor will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner. In case of concrete, the aggregates, design minimum, and the mixing and transporting equipment shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the Contactor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests shall be made at least 9 days prior to the placing of concrete, using samples from the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. Should the source of supply change, new tests shall be made prior to the use of the new materials. C5-5.13 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the construction operation shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of the quality and fitness of the work. When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean durable surfaces and not on the CHY MCIM c5‘5 <6> n.WOCTH.TBC I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 ground, and shall be placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. C5-5.14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES; The location and dimensions shown on the Plans relative to existing utilities are based on the best information available. Omission from, or the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be considered as the nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. The location of many gas mains, water mains, conduits, sewer lines and service lines for all utilities, etc., is unknown to the Owner, and the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all such structures and utilities on the plans or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure will not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for Extra Work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever, unless an obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the building of special works, provision for which is not made in the Contract Documents, in which case the provision in these Contract Documents for Extra Work shall apply. It shall be the Contractors responsibility to verify locations of adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the construction process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all existing utilities, structures and service lines. Verification of existing utilities, structures and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies at least forty eight (48) hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. All verification of existing utilities and their adjustment shall be considered as subsidiary work. C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE: a. Normal Prosecution: In the normal prosectuion of work where the interruption of service is necessary, the Contractor, at least 24 hours in advance, shall be required to: 1. Notify the Water Department’s Distribution Division as to location, time, and schedule of service interruption. QfflCIMKW C5-5 (7) 2. 3. I I Notify each customer personally through responsible personnel as to time and schedule of the interruption of their service, or In the event that personal notification of a customer cannot be made, a prepared tag form shall be attached to the customer’s entrance door knob. The tag shall be durable in composition, and in large bold type shall say: "NOTICE" Due to Utility Improvement in your neighborhood, your (water) (sewer) service will be inter­ rupted on _________________ between the hours of and This inconvenience will be as short as possible. Thank you, Contractor Address Phone b. Emergency: In the event that an unforeseen service interruption occurs, notice shall be as above,but immediate. C5-5.16 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: If, through acts or neglect on the part of the Contractor, any other Contractor or any sub-contractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with such other Contractor or sub-contractor by agreement or arbitration. If such other Contractor or sub-contractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner will notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. C5-5.17 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or waste materials accumulated on the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract Documents shall be accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the the satisfaction of the Engineer. Twenty-fours fours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the Engineer, if the Contractor fails to co r r e C-1 the C5-5 (8) I I r.wqsMMJ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct action, plus 25% of such costs, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. Upon -the completion of the project as a whole as covered by these Contract Documents, and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of the project all surplus and discarded materials, temporary structures, and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of all work in a neat and orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. No extra compensation will be made to the Contractor for any clean-up required on the project. C5-5.18 FINAL INSPECTION; Whenever the work provided for in and contemplated under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final cleanup performed, the Engineer will notify the proper officials of the Owner and request that the Final inspection be made. Such inspection will be made within 10 days after such notification. After such final inspection, if the work and materials and equipment are found satisfactory, the Contractor will be notified in writing of the acceptance of the same after the proper resolution has been passed by the City Council. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the Engineer and the date of final inspection of the work. I C5-5 (9) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY SECTION C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6.1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED; The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work or his operations, and shall observe and comply with all orders, laws, ordinances and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by bodies having jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea of misunderstanding or ignorance thereof will be considered. The Contractor and his Sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any and all claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, or order, whether it be by himself or his employees. C6-6.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES; The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. C6-6.3 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS AND PROCESSES: If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letter, patent, or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted design. It is mutually agreed and understood that without exception the contract prices shall include all royalties or cost arising from patents, trade-marks, and copy rights in any way involved in the work. The Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trade-mark or copy right in connection with the work agreed to be performed under these Contract Documents, and shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after completion of the work, provided, however, that the Owner will assume the responsibility to defend any and all suits brought for the infringement of any patent claimed to be infringed upon by the design, type of construction or material or equipment specified in the Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the Owner, and to hold the Contractor harmless on account of such suits. _________ ____ MOWS® C6-6 (1)aww,® C6-6.4 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall establish and enforce among his employees such regulations in regard to cleanliness and disposal of garbage and waste as will tend to prevent the inception and spread of infectious or contagious diseases and to effectively prevent the creation of a nuisance about the work on any property either public or private, and such regulations as are required by Law shall be put into immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences for use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor and their use shall be strictly enforced by the Contractor. All such facilities shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition, free from objectionable odors so as not to cause a nuisance. All sanitary laws and regulations of the State of Texas and the City shall be strictly complied with. C6-6.5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE: Materials or equipment stored about the work shall be so placed and used, and the work shall at all times be so conducted, as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is considered to be absolutely necessary by the Engineer. The Contractor is required to maintain at all times all phases of his work in such a manner as not to impair the safety or convenience of the public, including, but not limited to, safe and convenient ingress and egress to property contiguous to the work area. The Contractor shall make adequate provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except during actual trenching or pipe installation operations, at all driveway crossings. Such provisions may include bridging, placement of crushed stone or gravel or such other means of providing proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Such other means may include the diversion of driveway traffic, with specific approval by the Engineer. If diversion of traffic is approved by the Engineer at any location, the Contractor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer at any location, the Contractor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic, and shall, at his own expense, provide all materials and perform all work necessary for the construction and maintenance of roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be obstructed except by special permission of the Engineer. The materials excavated and the construction materials such as pipe used in the construction of the work shall be placed so as not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes, water valves, C6-6 (2) gas valves, or manholes in the vicinity. The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of the Contractor as regards to public convenience and safety which may come to its attention, after twenty-four hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency when it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case, the cost of such work done or materials furnished by the Owner or by the City shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. The Contractor, after approval of the Engineer, shall notify the Fire Department Headquarters, Traffic Engineer, and Police Department, when any street or alley is requested to be closed or obstructed or any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible, and, when so directed by the Engineer, shall keep any street, streets, or highways in condition for unobstructed use by fire apparatus. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire Department Headquarters when all such obstructed streets, alleys, or hydrants are again placed back in service. Where the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges or make other arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams, his responsibility for accidents in connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as well as the structures of such crossings. The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and the use of construction machinery so as not to damage or destroy trees and shrubs located in close proximity to or on the site of the work. Wherever any such damage may be done, the Contractor shall immediately satisfy all claims of property owners, and no payment will be made by the Owner in settlement of such claims. The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement showing all such claims adjusted. C6-6.6 PRIVILEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS, ALLEYS, AND RIGHT-OF-WAY; For the performance of the contract, the Contractor will be permitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. Excavated and waste materials shall be piled or stacked in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. If the street is occupied by railway tracks, the work shall be C6-6 (3)CIWW® carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc. Other contractors of the Owner may, for all purposes required by the contract, enter upon the work and premises used by the Contractor and shall be provided all reasonable facilities and assistance for the completion of adjoining work. Any additional grounds desired by the Contractor for his use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense. C6-6.7 RAILWAY CROSSINGS; When the work encroaches upon any right-of-way of any raiIway, the City will secure the necessary easement for the work. Where the railway tracks are to be crossed, the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and instructions of the railway company as to the methods of performing the work and take all precautions for safety of property and the public. Negotiations with the railway companies for permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall give the City notice not less than five days prior to the time of his intentions to begin work on that portion of the project which is related to the railway properties. The Contractor will not be given extra or additional compensation for such railway crossings unless specifically set forth in the Contract Documents. C6-6.8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN; Where the work is carried on in or adjacent to any street, alley, or public place, the Contractor shall at his own expense furnish, erect, and maintain such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, shall provide such watchmen, and shall take all such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary. Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burning light at each barricade. A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained to keep pedestrians away from, and vehicles from being driven on or into, any work under construction or being maintained. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen and keep them at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent accident or damage. All installations and procedures shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in the "1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways", codified as Article 6701d Veron's Civil Statutes, pertinent sections being Section Nos. 27, 29, 30 and 31. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IC6-6 (4) I i I i i i i i i i i i i I i i i i i The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign, or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works department, Signs and Markings Division (phone number 8780-8075), to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re-installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to re-install the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such re-installation is completed. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work or the public due to failure of barricades, signs, fences, lights, or watchmen to protect them. Whenever evidence is found of such damage to the work the Engineer may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences and lights, and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been completed and accepted by the Owner. No compensation, except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents, will be paid to the Contractor for the work and materials involved in the constructing, providing, and maintaining of barricades, signs, fences, and lights or for salaries of watchmen, for the subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades, signs, or for any other incidentals necessary for the proper protection, safety, and convenience of the public during the contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to the several items for which unit or lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal. C6-6.9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES, DROP WEIGHT, ETC.: Should the Contractor elect to use explosives, drop weight, etc., in the prosecution of the work, the utmost care shall be exercised at all times so as not to endanger life or property. The Contractor shall notify the proper representative of any public service corporation, any company, individual, or utility, and the Owner, not less than twenty-four hours in C6-6 (5)Clff EHH advance of the use of any activity which might damage or endanger their or his property along or adjacent to the work. Where the use of explosives is to be permitted on the project, as specified in the Special Contract Documents, or the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four hours prior to commencing and shall furnish evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages and/or injuries arising out of such use of explosives. All claims arising out of the use of explosives shall be investigated and a written report made by the Contractor ' s insurers to the Engineer within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of the claim to the Contractor from either the City or the claimant. The City shall proceed to give notice to the Contractor of any such claim. The use of explosives may be suspended by the Engineer if any complaint is received and such use shall not be resumed until the cause of the complaint has been addressed. Whenever explosives are stored or kept, they shall be stored in a safe and secure manner and all storage places shall be plainly marked "DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES" and shall be under the care of a competent watchman at all times. All vehicles in which explosives are being transported shall be plainly marked as mentioned above and shall, insofar as possible, not use heavy traffic routes. C6-6.10 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS: Where the work passes over, through, or into private property, the Owner will provide such right-of-way or easement privileges as the City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work. Any additional rights-of-way or work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his own expense. Such additional rights-of-way or work area shall be acquired for the benefit of the City. The City shall be notified in writing as to the rights so acquired before work begins in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. The Contractor will not be allowed to store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the Engineer. Unless specifically provided otherwise, the Contractor shall clear all rights-of-way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of the project construction operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and shall use every precaution to prevent damage to all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences, and to all other public or private property along adjacent to the work. The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of owners or occupants of public or private lands or interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the work. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. When and where any direct or indirect or injury is done to public or private property on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor, he shall restore or have restored at his own cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise replacing and restoring as may be directed by the Owner, or he shall make good such damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the property and the Engineer. All fences encountered and removed during construction of this project shall be restored to the original or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When wire fencing, either wire mesh or barbed wire is to be crossed, the Contractor shall set cross braced posts on either side of permanent easement before the fence is cut. Should additional fence cuts be necessary, the Contractor shall provide cross braced posts at point of the proposed cut in addition to the cross braced posts provided at the permanent easements limits, before the fence is cut. Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of the fencing removed whenever the work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to prevent livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal, temporary closures and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the o r cd.e c-t----- proposal. Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with this work. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property to make good such damage or injury, the Owner may, upon 48 hour written notice under ordinary circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results, proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby will be deducted from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract. C6-6.ll INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, and not as an officer, agent, servant or employee of the Owner. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of all the work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing same, and shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees. The doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply as between Owner and Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between Owner and Contractor. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Contractor covenants and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify, hold harmless and defend Owner, its officers, agents, servants, and employees from and against any an all claims or suits for property damage or loss and/or personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not caused, in whole or in part, by alleged negligence on the part of officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees of the Owner; and said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and responsibility of Owner, its officers agents, servants and employees for property damage or loss, and/or personal injuries, including death, to any and all persons of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees, whether or not caused, C6-6 (8) in whole or in part, by alleged negligence of officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the Owner. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to, and does hereby, indemnify and hold harmless Owner from and against any and all in juries, loss or damages to property of the Owner during the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or in connection with or resulting from, in whole or in part, any and all alleged acts or omissions of officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licenses, or invitees of the Owner. In the event a written claim for damages against the contractor or its subcontractors remains unsettled at the time all work on the project has been completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the Water Department, as evidenced by a final inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended by the Director of the Water Department for a period of 30 days after the date of such final inspection, unless the Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved. If the claim concerned remains unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to be in an amount equal to the total dollar amount then due less the dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of the performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may then be recommended by the Director. The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing satisfactory to the Director that: 1. The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved, or 2. Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding claims, and such good faith efforts have failed. If condition (1) above is period, the Director shall the Contractor be made, time within the six month that the final payment met at any time within the six month recommend that the final payment to If condition (2) above is met at any period, the Director may recommend to the Contractor C6-6 (9) expiration of the six month period the Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work has been performed and all other obligations of the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of the Director. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other Water Department Contract work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City contract. C6-6.13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim compensation for any alleged damage by reason of the acts or omissions of the Owner, he shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage, make a written statement to the Engineer, setting out in detail the nature of the alleged damage, and on or before the 25th day of the month succeeding that in which any such damage is claimed to have been sustained, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer an itemized statement of the details and amount of such alleged damage and, upon request, shall give the Engineer access to all books of account, receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such alleged damage. Unless such statements shall be filed as hereinabove required, the Contractor's claim for compensation shall be waived, and he shall not be entitled to payment on account of such damages. C6-6.14 ADJUSTMENT OR RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES, ETC.: In case it is necessary to change, move, or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or others, the said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have been issued by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities to enter the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be necessary by the performance of this contract. C6-6.15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS: When existing sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public drains and sewers. The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage which will be received from these drains and sewers, and for this purpose he shall provide and maintain, at his own cost and expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets or diversions. The Contractor, at his own cost and expense, shall construct such troughs, pipes, or other structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage C6-6 (10) received from these temporary connections until such times as the permanent connections are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service and maintained under the Contract, except when Specified or ordered to be abandoned by the Engineer. All water, sewage, and other waste shall be disposed of in a satisfactory manner so that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be adequately protected. C6-6.16 ARRANGEMENT AND CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE CITY; When the Contractor desires to use City water in connection with any construction work, he shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth City Water Department for so doing. City water furnished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a connection on an existing City main. All piping required beyond the point of delivery shall be installed by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor’s responsibility in the use of all existing fire hydrant and/or valves is detailed in Section E2-1.2 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General Contract Documents. When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for water will be at the regular established rates. When meters are not used, the charges, if any, will be as prescribed by the City Ordinance, or where no ordinance applies, payment shall be made on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department. C6-6.17 USE OF A SECTION OR PORTION OF THE WORK; Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the work or any structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written order of the Engineer, and such usage shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of said work or structure or any part thereof or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these Contract Documents. All necessary repairs and removals of any section of the work so put into use, due to defective materials or workmanship, equipment, or to deficient operations on the part of the Contractor, shall be performed by the Contractor at his own expense. C6-6.18 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents, the work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part C6-6 (11)cwraw thereof by action of the elements or from any cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or nonexecution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good at his own expense all injuries or damage to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the hereinabove causes. C6-6.19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Inspection by the Engineer or any order by the Owner by payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of any work, or any extension of time, or any possession taken by the City shall not operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents. Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. C6-6.20 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the provisions of these Contract Documents or in exercising any power of authority granted thereunder, there shall be no liability upon the authorized representatives of the Owner, either personally or otherwise as they are agents and representatives of the City. C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX: On a contract awarded by the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales, excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller’s Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provisions of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable State Comptroller rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act. On a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly-owned improvement in a street right-of-way or other easement which has been dedicated to the public and the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (H) of the Texas limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor can probably be exempted in the same manner stated above. I i i i i i i i I i I i i i I I Limited Sale, Excise and Use Tax permits and information can be obtained from: Comptroller of Public Accounts Sale Tax Division Capitol Station Austin, TX C6-6 (13) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS: C7-7.1 SUBLETTING: The Contractor shall perforin with his own organization, and with the assistance of workman under his immediate superintendence, work of a value of not less than fifty (50%) percent of the value embraced in the contract. If the Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents, he will not under any circumstances be relieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed under these Contract Documents. All transactions of the Engineer will be with the Contractor. Subcontractors will be considered only in the capacity of employees or workmen of the Contractor and shall be subject to the same requirements as to character and competency. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times, when the work is in operation, be represented either in person or by a superintendent or other designated representatives. Cl-1.2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights, title, or interest in or to the same or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by resolution of the City Council and concurred in by the Sureties. If the Contractor does, without such previous consent, assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, title, or interest therein or any part thereof, to any person or persons, partnership, company, firm, or corporation, or does by bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any state, attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and annulled, unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said contract, and in the event of any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages. C7-7.3 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK: Prior to beginning any construction operation, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, if requested by the Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in chart or diagram form, or a brief outlining in detail and step by step the manner of SKIM 60® CIW a ways. C7-7 (1) prosecuting the work and ordering materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in the scheduled time. There shall also be submitted a table of estimated amounts to be earned by the Contractor during each monthly estimate period. The Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this contract within the time limit stated in these Contract Documents and shall conduct the work in a continuous manner and with sufficient equipment, materials, and labor as is necessary to insure its completion within the time limit. The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times as specified in the Special Contract Documents. Any deviation from scuh sequencing shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval. Contractor shall not proceed with any deviation until he has received written approval from the Engineer. Such specification or approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from the full responsibility of the complete performance of the Contract. The contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7.8 "Extension of Time of Completion" of this Agreement, and a progress schedule shall not constitute a change in the contract time. C7-7.4 LIMITATIONS OF OPERATIONS: The working operations shall at all times be conducted by the Contractor so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience to the public. At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public way greater than is necessary for the proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is commenced on any additional section or street. C7-7.5 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: Local labor shall be used by the Contractor is available. The Contractor may bring in from outside the City of Fort Worth his key men and his superintendent. All other workmen, including equipment operators, may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted. The Contractor shall employ only such superintendents, foremen, and workmen who are careful, competent, and fully qualified to perform the duties or tasks assigned to them, and the Engineer may demand and secure the summary dismissal of any person or persons employed by the Contractor in or about or on the work who, in the opinion of the Owner, shall misconduct himself or be found to be incompetent, disrespectful, intemperate, dishonest, or C7-7 (2) C7-7.7 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence the working operations within the time specified in the Contract Documents and set forth in the Work Order. Failure to do so shall be considered by the Owner as abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees fit. The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work will be performed and the premises cleaned up in accordance with the Contract Documents and within the time established in such documents and such extension of time as may be properly authorized by the Owner. C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME COMPLETION: The Contractor's request for an extension of time of completion shall be considered only when the request for such extension is submitted in writing to the Engineer within seven days from and after the time alleged cause of delay shall have occurred. Should an extension of the time of completion be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval . In adjusting the contract time for completion of work, consideration will be given to unforseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but limited to acts of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, fire, flood, tornadoes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, or delays of sub-contractors due to such causes. When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid, a request for extension of time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time due to inability to obtain supplies and materials will be considered only when a review of the Contractor's purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the Engineer indicates that the Contractor has made a bonafide attempt to secure delivery on schedule. This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate sources in case the first source cannot make delivery. If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract should require work and materials in greater amounts or quantities than those set forth in the approved Contract Documents, then the contract time may be increased by Change Order. C7-7.9 DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or matex-w*l , if C7-7 (4) any, which is to be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed a written statement thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by him found correct shall be approved and referred by him to the Council for final approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the Council shall be final and binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineers to stop work, or by the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for which shall, however, be subject to the approval of the City Council; and no such extension of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. C7-7.10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an essential element of the contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last page of the Proposal the number of working days or calendar days that he will require to fully complete this contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City in the Proposal section of the contract documents. The number of days indicated shall be a realistic estimate of the time required to complete the work covered by the specific contract being bid upon. The amount of time so stated by the successful bidder or the City will become the time of completion specified in the Contract Documents. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, or the increased time granted by the Owner, or as automatically increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per day given in the following schedule, unless otherwise specified in other parts of the Contract Documents, will be deducted from monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the Owner. AMOUNT OF CONTRACT Less than $5,000 inclusive $ 35.00 $ 5,001 to $15,000 inclusive $ 45.00 $ 15,001 to $25,000 inclusive $ 63.00 $ 25,001 to $50,000 inclusive $ 105.00 $ 50,001 to $100,000 inclusive $ 154.00 $ 100,001 to $500.000 C7-7 (5) $ 500,001 to $1,000,001 to $2,000,001 and over $1,000,000 $2,000,000 inclusive $ inclusive $ $ 315.00 420.00 630.00 The parties hereto understand and agree that any harm to the City caused by the Contractor's delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract Documents would be incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation, and that the "Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day", as set out above, is a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the City for harm caused by any delay. C7-7.ll SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER; The Contractor shall suspend operations on such part or parts of the work ordered by any court, and will not be entitled to additional compensation by virtue of such court order. Neither will he be liable to the City in the event the work is suspended by a Court Order. Neither will the Owner be liable to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not solely responsible. C7-7.12 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION: The Owner shall have the right to suspend the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary due to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unfavorable conditions which in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to be unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During temporary suspension of work covered by this contract, for any reason, the Owner will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor as set forth in Paragraph C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF THE TIME OF COMPLETION, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, then the Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer C7-7 (6) that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. No reimbursement shall be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall not suspend work without written notice from the Engineer and shall proceed with the work operations promptly when notified by the Engineer to so resume operations. C7-7.13 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE TO NATIONAL EMERGENCY: Whenever, because of National Emergency, so declared by the President of the United States or other lawful authority, it becomes impossible for the Contractor to obtain all of the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with reasonable continuity for a period of two months, the Contractor shall within seven days notify the City in writing, giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been made and listing all necessary items of labor, materials, and equipment not obtainable. If, after investigations, the Owner finds that such conditions existing and that the inability of the Contractor to proceed is not attributable in whole or in part to the fault or neglect of the Contract, then if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort assist the Contractor in procuring and making available the necessary labor, materials and equipment within thirty days, the Contractor may request the Owner to terminate the contract and the Owner may comply with the request, and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a final settlement mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor and final payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement, which shall include, but not be limited to, the payment for all work executed but no anticipated profits on work which has not been performed. C7-7.14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF CONTRACT: The work operations on all or any por t i on or section of the work under Contract shall be suspended immediately on written order of the Engineer or the Contract may be declared cancelled by the City Council for any good and sufficient cause. The following, by way of example, but not of limitation, may be considered grounds for suspension or cancellation: a. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time specified in the Work Order issued by the Owner. C7-7 (7) b. c. d. e. f. Substantial evidence that progress of the work operations by Contractor is insufficient to complete the work within the specified time. Failure of the Contractor to provide and maintain sufficient labor and equipment to properly execute the working operations. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has abandoned the work. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the work satisfactorily. Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the Contract Documents or to comply with any orders given by the Engineer or Owner provided for in these Contract Documents. I I I I g. Failure of the Contractor promptly to make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or any defects of any nature the correction of which has been directed in writing by the Engineer or the Owner. h. Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a contract or perpetrating fraud on the City in the construction of work under contract. i. A substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose. j. If the Contractor shall for any cause whatsoever not carry on the working operation in an acceptable manner. k. If the Contractor commences legal action against the Owner. I I I I I I I I I I I A copy of the suspension order or action of the City Council shall be served on the Contractor's Sureties. When work is suspended for any cause or causes, or when the contract is cancelled, the Contractor shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the Owner shall designate, whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract or that portion thereof which the Owner has discontinue, and may perform the same ordered or may, C7-7 (8) consent of the Owner, sublet the work or that portion of the work as taken over, provided however, that the Sureties shall exercise their option, if at all, within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has been served upon the Contractor and upon the Sureties or their authorized agents. The Sureties, in such event shall assume the Contractor's place in all respects, and shall be paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to all of the terms of the Contract Documents. In case the Sureties do not, within the hereinabove specified time, exercise their right and option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered by the Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall have the power to complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or such part thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any materials, plants, tools, equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, equipment, materials, labor and property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of said contract expense for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all expenses incidental thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the Owner from such monies as may be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract or any part thereof. The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the work completing the contract, but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual cost of the owner of such work. In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the Contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor and his Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner by contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the Contractor shall continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents and in such a manner as to not hinder or interfere with performance of the work by the Owner. C7-7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contract will be considered as having been fulfilled, save as provided in any bond or bonds or by law, when all the work and all sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have C7-7 (9) been finished and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, and the final acceptance and final payment made by the Owner. C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER; A.NOTICE OF TERMINATION: The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in whole, or from time to time in part, in accordance with this section, whenever the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner. Any such termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Mail by the Owner. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such discretionary action. B.CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IC7-7 (10) consent of the Owner, sublet the work or that portion of the work as taken over, provided however, that the Sureties shall exercise their option, if at all, within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has been served upon the Contractor and upon the Sureties or their authorized agents. The Sureties, in such event shall assume the Contractor’s place in all respects, and shall be paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to all of the terms of the Contract Documents. In case the Sureties do not, within the hereinabove specified time, exercise their right and option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered by the Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall have the power to complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or such part thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any materials, plants, tools, equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, equipment, materials, labor and property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of said contract expense for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all expenses incidental thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the Owner from such monies as may be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract or any part thereof. The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the work completing the contract, but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual cost of the owner of such work. In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the Contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor and his Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner by contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the Contractor shall continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents and in such a manner as to not hinder or interfere with performance of the work by the Owner. C7-7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contract will be considered as having been fulfilled, save as provided in any bond or bonds or by law, when all the work and all sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have Ciff SIC MT C7-7 (9) been finished and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, and the final acceptance and final payment made by the Owner. C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER: A. NOTICE OF TERMINATION: The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in whole, or from time to time in part, in accordance with this section, whenever the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner. Any such termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Mail by the Owner. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such discretionary action. B.CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer: I I I I I I I I I I i I i i I i i C7-7 (10) a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in process, completed work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the work terminated by the notice of termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the Owner. 5. complete performance of such part of the work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the Engineer may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the Owner has or may acquire the rest. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by the Engineer. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the Owner shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the Engineer upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. TERMINATION CLAIM: Within 60 days after notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer. Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the Contractor, made in writing within such 60-day period or authorized extension thereof, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. C7-7 (11) D. AMOUNTS : Subject to the provisions of Item C7-7.16(C), the Contractor and Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of work pursuant hereto; provided, that such agreed amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated. The contract shall be amended accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. Nothing in C7-7.16(E) hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor in the event of failure of the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, restrict or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph. E. FAILURE TO AGREE: In the event of the failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as provided in C7-7.16 (D) upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section the Owner shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. F. DEDUCTIONS: In arriving at the amount due the contractor under this section, there shall be deducted (a) all unliquidated advance or other payments on account theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion of this contract; (b) any claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract; and (c) the agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale of, any materials, supplies or other things kept by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner. G. ADJUSTMENT : If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may file with the Engineer a request in writing for an I 1 V I I I a a a a a a a a a a a a equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the contract relating to the continued portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by the notice of termination), such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; nothing contained herein, however, shall limit the right of the Owner and the Contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion. H. NO LIMITATION OF RIGHTS: Nothing contained in this section shall limit or alter the rights which the Owner may have for termination of this contract under C7-7.14 hereof entitled "Suspension of Abandonment of the work and Amendment of Contract" or any other right which Owner may have for default or breach of contract by Contractor. C7-7.17 SAFETY METHODS AND PRACTICES: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all responsibilities for their enforcement. The Contractor shall comply with federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations so as to protect person and property from injury, including death, or damage in connection with the work. C7-7 (13) PART C8-8 C - GENERAL CONDITIONS MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8.1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES: The determination of quantities of work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably completed under the terms of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer, based on measurements made by the Engineer. These measurements will be made according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice, and will be the actual length, area, solid contents, numbers, and weights of the materials and items installed. C8-8.2 UNIT PRICES: When in the Proposal a "Unit Price" is set forth, the said "Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appliances and appurtenances necessary for the construction of and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under these Contract Documents. The "Unit Price" shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead, surface, and underground structures, cleanup, finished, overhead expense, bond, insurance, patent fees, royalties, risk due to the elements and other causes, delays, profits, injuries, damages claims, taxes, and all other items not specifically mentioned that may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place and in a satisfactory condition for operation. C8-8.3 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a "Lump Sum" is set forth, the said "Lump Sum" shall represent the total cost for the Contractor to furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidary work necessary for the construction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans. C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation, as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time C8-8 (1)■Qf KIM K0» CIWCHW before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work, for all expense incurred by or in consequence of suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completeing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects, imperfection, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of work or during the one year guaranty period after final acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Between the 1st and 5th day of each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an estimate of the value of the work done during the previous month, or estimate period under the Contract Documents. Not later than the 10th day of the month the Engineer shall verify such estimate, and if it is found to be acceptable and the value of work performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars ($100.00) in amount, 90% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is less than $400,000, or 95% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is $400,000 or greater within twenty-five (25) days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing estimates on forms furnished by the City. The partial estimate may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof, but which at the the time of the estimate have not been installed, (such payment will be allowed on a basis of 85% of the net invoice value thereof.) The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IC8-8 (2) him as a guide in the verification or the preparation of partial estimates. It is understood that the partial estimate from month to month will be approximate only, and all partial monthly estimates and payment will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate, and such estimate shall not, in any respect, be taken as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work done or of its quality of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate if the contractor fails to perform the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or provisions of this contract. C8-8.6 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT; Payment on any estimate or estimates may be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C8-8.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents shall have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing that the improvements are ready for the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the Owner, will within a reasonable time make such final inspection, and if the work is satisfactory, in an acceptable condition, and has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, the Engineer will initiate the processing of the final estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment therefor as outlined in C8-8.8 below. C8-8.8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made. All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are subject to necessary corrections or revisions in the final payment. CifflCW, BO® ciracHwC8-8 (3) The amount of the final estimate, less previous payments and any sum that have been deducted or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, will be paid to the Contractor within 60 days after final acceptance by the Owner on a proper resolution of the City Council, provided the Contractor has furnished to the Owner satisfactory evidence of payment as follows: Prior to submission of the final estimate for payment, the Contractor shall execute an affidavit, as furnished by the City, certifying that all persons, firms, associations, corporations, or other organizations furnishing labor and/or materials have been paid in full, that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort Worth has been paid, and that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property damages. The acceptance by the Contractor of the last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall release the Owner from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under Contract Documents or any act or neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract. The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. C8-8.9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent Engineers and designers to prepare the Contract Documents and all modifications of the approved Contract Documents. It is, therefore, agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design features, sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure, and the practicability of the operations of the completed project, provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the said requirements of the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all approved additions and alterations thereto. C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY: Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and C8-8 (4) pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified andshall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outline. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. C8-8.ll SUBSIDIARY WORK? Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each bid item. Surface restoration, rock excavation and cleanup are general items of work which fall in the category of subsidiary work. C8-8.12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one-tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. C8-8.13 RECORD DOCUMENTS: Contractor shall keep on record a copy of all specifications, plans, addenda, modifications, shop drawings and samples at the site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be delivered to Engineer upon completion of the work. C8-8 (5) SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT) 1. BID SECURITY: Cashier’s check or an acceptable bidder’s bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (5%) per cent of the total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bond, (1) the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury, or (2) the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the limit of the bond. The surety must be licensed to do business in the state of Texas. The amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the treasury list or one-tenth (1/10) the total capital and surplus. 2. PAYMENT BOND AND PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. In this connection, the successful bidder shall be required to furnish a performance bond as well as payment bond, both in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended. In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, (1) the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury List of Acceptable Sureties (Circular 870), or (2) the surety must have capital and surplus equal to ten times the amount of the bond. The surety must be licensed to do business in the State of Texas. The amount of the bond shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list or one-tenth (1/10) of the total capital and surplus. If reinsurance is required, the company writing the reinsurance must be authorized, accredited or trusteed to do business in Texas. No sureties will be accepted by the City which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City. If the contract amount is in excess of $25,000 a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work. If the contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. Said bond shall solely be for the protection of the City of fort Worth. 3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The Contractor’s attention is called to Part 1, Item 8, paragraph 8.6, of the “General Provisions” of the Standard Specifications for Construction of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, concerning liquidated damages for late completion of projects. 4. AMBIGUITY: In case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. 5. EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to comply with City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A-21 through 13-a-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. 6. WAGE RATES: All bidders will be required to comply with provision 5159a of “Vernons Annotated Civil Statutes” of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates as established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas and set forth in Contract Documents for this project. 7. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement may be required by the Department of Engineering if required for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful bidder. This statement, if required, is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. 8. INSURANCE: Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of award of contract, the Contractor must provide, along with executed contract documents and appropriate bonds, proof of insurance for Worker’s Compensation and Comprehensive General Liability (Bodily Injury-$250,000 each person, $500,000 each occurrence; Property Damage - $300,000 each occurrence). The City reserves the right to request any other insurance coverages as may be required by each individual project. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a non resident bidder unless the nonresident’s bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s principal place of business is located. “Nonresident bidder” means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. “Texas resident bidder” means a bidder whose principal place of business is in this state, and includes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds. The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all non resident bidders in order for its bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 10. MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 11923, as amended by Ordinance 13471, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the office of the City Secretary. In addition, the bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM (“Documentation”) as appropriate. The Documentation must be received no later than 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the Documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide to owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by Minority Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment therefore. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiation action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statement; further, any such misrepresentation (other than a negligent II-2 misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participation in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. 11. AWARD OF CONTRACT: Contract may not necessarily be awarded to the lowest bidder of Unit II or Unit III. The Engineer will evaluate the bids on Unit II and Unit III and select the bid that is in the best interest of the City of Fort Worth. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all irregularities. No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of forty-nine (49) days from the date the M/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM (“Documentation”) as appropriate is received by the City. The award of contract, if made, will be within forty-nine (49) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract has been verified. 12. PAYMENT: The Contractor will receive full payment (minus 5% retainage) from the City for all work for each pay period. Payment of the remaining amount shall be made with the final payment, and upon acceptance of the project as a whole and not for individual locations. 13. ADDENDA: Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents prior to the bid receipt time and acknowledging them at the time of bid receipt. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Department of Engineering Construction Division at (817) 871-7910. Bids that so not acknowledge all applicable addenda may be rejected as non-responsive. 14. CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER’S COMPENSATION LAW: A. Workers Compensation Insurance Coverage a. Definitions: Certain of coverage (“certificate”). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory worker’s compensation insurance coverage for the person’s or entity’s employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project-includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor’s/person’s work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project (“subcontractor” in §406.096)-includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. “Services” include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or toner services related to a project. “Services” does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. b. The contractor shall provided coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) or all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. c. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. II-3 R.WTH.H. d. If the coverage period shown on the contractor’s current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. e. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. f. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter g. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. h. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker’s Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas labor Code, Section 401.011 (44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; II-4 (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. (6) notify the governmental entity in, wiring by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. j. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker’s compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self insured, with the commission’s Division of Self- Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative, criminal, civil penalties or other civil actions. k. The contractor’s failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. B. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker’s Compensation Act or other Texas Worker’s Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: “REQUIRED WORKER’S COMPENSATION COVERAGE” The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by worker” compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee”. Call the Texas Worker’s Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer’s failure to provide coverage”. 15. NON DISCRIMINATION: The contractor shall not discriminate against any person or persons because of sex, race, religion, color, or national origin and shall comply with the provisions of City Ordinance 7278, as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13A-21 through 13A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. 16. AGE DISCRIMINATION: In accordance with the policy (“Policy”) of the Executive Branch of the federal government, contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, or employees, will engage in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against person because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. .......... CfflClOECOB CMSECKW ft OHM II-5 Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, or employees, or person acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this Contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the Policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any and all claims or allegations asserted by third parties against City arising out of Contractor’s alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this Contract. 17. DISCRIMINATION DUE TO DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”), Contractor warrants that it will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or current employees of Contractor. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA’s provisions and any other applicable federal state and local laws concerning disability and will defend indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties against City arising out of Contractor’s alleged failure to comply with the above­ referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this Contract. Revised March 15, 1996 II-6 1 ATTACHMENT 1 Page 1 of City of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications MBE/WBE UTILIZATION PRIME COMPANY NAME /?<??________ BID DATE PROJECT NUMBERPROJECT NAME Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, wilt result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. - (The undersigned bidder agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the MBE and/or WBE firms for work listed in this ^schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to specifications. ’ ] ] Company Name, Contact Name, Address, and Telephone No. Certified Specify All Contracting Scope of Work (*) Specify All Items to be Supplied(*) Sp e c i f y Ti e r ( “ ) Dollar Amount NC T R C A T X D O T (H w y . Di v . ) //•J& Co. I -X I 5 ^ Ji I 1 ssz.& 1 1■ 1 from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered 1“ tier, a payment by a subcontractor to ■ Its supplier is considered 2nd tier.■ \ \ ' | M/WBEs must be located in the 9 (nine) county marketplace or currently doing business in the marketplace at the tir fl ti - j W (*) Specify all areas in which MWBE’s are to be utilized and/or items to be supplied: (*) A complete listing of items to be supplied is required in order to receive credit toward the M/WBE goal. 1 (**) Identify each Tier level. Tier: Means the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor/consi CT WM W iltant,l.e.,adirectpayment THIS FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE MANAGING DEPARTMENT BY 5:00 p.m., FIVE (5) CITY BUSINESS DAYS AFTER BID OPENING, EXCLUSIVE OF THE BID OPENING DATE 11-26 Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1A must be received by the Managing Department Rev. 6/2/98 ATTACHMENT 1A Page 2 of 2 City of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications MBE/WBE UTILIZATION Company Name, Contact Name, Address, and Telephone No. Certified Specify All Contracting Scope of Work (*) Specify All Items to be Supplied(*) Sp e c i f y Tl e r f * * ) Dollar Amount NC T R C A TX D O T (H w y . Di v . ) — •- • _______I ( The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MBE(s) and/or WBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that *«vill substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE(s) and/or WBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or ■jmployee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, gJtate or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material ^breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work or a period of time not less than one (1) year. 9 ^LLMBEs and WBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE CITY BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD Printed Signature ____ _________________________________________ Contact Name and Title (if different) _ Telephone Number (s) <0*77- 7e7<3 _______________ Fax Number kuthcrfized Signature ritle Company Name I____793<So ■address I ity/State/Zip Code :e THIS FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE MAN.id BY 5:00 p.m., FIVE (5) CITY BUSINESS DAYS AFTER BID OPENING, EXCLUSIVE OFJTHE BID OPENING DATE Rev. 6/2/98 Pages 1 and 2 of Attachment 1A must be received by the Managing Department ATTACHMENT 1C Page 1 of 3 City of Fort Worth Minority and Women Business Enterprise GOOD FAITH EFFORT Prime Company Name Project Name /•W*?_______ Bid Date <z/ys-oec-^5o<y<7S5:‘?- Project Number If you have failed to secure M/WBE participation and you have subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities or if your M/WBE participation is less than the City’s project goal, you must complete this form. - . If the bidder’s method of compliance with the M/WBE goal is based upon demonstration of a “good faith effort”, the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below, shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder. Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. 1 .) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS) which will be used in the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a M/WBE or non- M/WBE. (Use additional sheets, if necessary) List of: Supplier OpportunitiesList of: Subcontracting Opportunities .' J-' 11-29 CW IC £W HKHUH.Rev. 6/2/98 I I I I I I I 0 I I I I I I ? I I *r-s " ATTACHMENT 1C Page 2 of 3 2 .) Did you obtain a current list of M/WBE firms from the City’s M/WBE Office? The list is considered in compliance, if it is not more than 3 months old from the date of bid opening. Yes Date of Listing //I o / ! 99 _____No 3 .) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? JYes ____No If yes, attach M/WBE mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated copy of letter mailed. 4 .) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? ^Yes ____No If yes, attach list to include name of M/WBE firm, person contacted, phone number and date and time of contact. NOTE: A facsimile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4, but may not be used for both. If a facsimile is used, attach the fax confirmation, which is to provide M/WBE name, date, time, fax number and documentation faxed. NOTE: If a SIC list of M/WBE is ten or less, the bidder must contact the entire list to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. if a sic list of M/WBE is more than ten, the bidder must contact at least two-thirds of the list but not less than ten to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. 5 .) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M/WBEs or information regarding the location of plans and specifications in order to assist the M/WBEs? ____No 6 .) If M/WBE bids were received and rejected, you must: (1) List the M/WBE firms and the reason(s) for rejection (i.e., quotation not commercially reasonable, qualifications, etc.) and (2) Attach affidavit and/or documentation to support the reason(s) listed below (i.e.. letters, memos, bids, telephone calls, meetings, etc.) (Please use additional sheets, If necessary, and attach.) Company Name Telephone Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for Rejection . — 11-30 Rev. 6/2/98 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 3 of 3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Please provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain M/WBE participation on this project. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in Attachment 1C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City’s M/WBE Office. Authorized Signature Title Company Name /&&>* Address City/State/Zip' ciff ______ £~r. ____________ Printed Signature ________ _________ __ Contact Name and Title (if different) ________ _ Telephone Number(s) _____ <£T<77- <Zd>?8_______________ Fax Number _________ /??? ._____ Date ; •' ® V'-?' « jl-31 I Rev. 6/2/98 PROPOSAL This proposal must not be removed from this book of Contract Documents. TO: Bob Terrell City Manager Fort Worth, Texas Fort Worth, Texas FOR: UNIT I: WATER AND SANITARY SEWER REPLACEMENTS IN: CENTRAL AVENUE FROM N. MAIN TO EAST DEAD END PW53-060530175810 PS58-070580175000 DOE NO. 2006 UNIT II: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATES NO. 1 & NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM N. MAIN TO EAST DEAD END Cl 115-020115040594 DOE NO. 2006 Pursuant to the foregoing 'Notice to Bidders', the undersigned Bidder, having thoroughly examined the Contract Documents, including plans, special contract documents, the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction-City of Fort Worth, and Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction-North Central Texas the site of the project and understanding the amount of work to be done, and the prevailing conditions, hereby proposes to do all the work, furnish all labor, equipment and material except as specified to be furnished by the City, which is necessary to fully complete the work as provided in the Plans and Contract Documents and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director of the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth, Texas; and binds himself upon acceptance of this Proposal to execute a contract and furnish an approved Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and such other bonds, if any, as may be required by the Contract Documents for the performing and completing of the said work. Contractor proposes to do the work within the time stated and for the following sums: II-7 UNIT II: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATE NO. 2 SPEC ITEM PAY ITEM APPROX. QUANTITY DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID PRICES WRITTEN IN WORDS UNIT PRICE TOTAL AMOUNT BID S.P.1.1 L.S.UTILITY ADJUSTMENT TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND Dollars & V NO_____________Cents Per L.S. 5^ oo * - ^,000. - $ 5,00fr«0 S.P.2.2 EA.PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGNS THREE HUNDRED Dollars & NO_____________Cents Per EA.$ 300.00 $ 600.00 104 3.1,200 L.F.REMOVE EXIST. CURB & GUTTER Dollars & zvfr Cents Per L.F.$$ 104 4.4,550 S.F.REMOVE EXIST. CONCRETE SIDEWALK, LEAD WALK AND/OR WHEELCHAIR RAMPS tfzvtf" Dollars &$$ ztz<s> Cents Per S.F. 104 5.750 S.F.REMOVE EXIST. CONCRETE DWY. p/v#"_________________Dollars & z*e? Cents Per S.F.$^ao $ 510 6.30 L.F.RELOCATE EXISTING 6’ FENCE & GATE _______Dollars & z^zz^rX______Cents Per L.F.$.$. S.P.7.415 L.F.RELOCATE EXISTING POST & CABLE FENCE ____________Dollars & _______Cents Per L.F. $.$.^^7.^ 518 8.10 L.F.REMOVE EXISTING RETAINING WALL /gEogyg-"___________Dollars & _______Cents Per L.F.$.$.00 106 S.P. 9.2,325 C.Y.UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION TZfrz*^______________Dollars & z*w Cents Per C.Y.$*$ 104 10.185 S.Y.SAW CUT & REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT Dollars &$$ zuo Cents Per S.Y. 11-12 502 S.P. 11.825 L.F.PROP. 7” ATTACHED CURB __Dollars & ✓Mg__________Cents Per L.F.$.00 $. 502 S.P. 12.3,050 L.F.PROP. 7” CURB & 18” GUTTER Dollars & ztxo Cents Per L.F.$$ 504 13.5,115 S.F.PROP. STD. 7” CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER Dollars &$$ ✓Mg__________Cents Per S.F. 504 14.500 S.F.PROP. STD. 4” REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK, LEADWALK AND/OR WHEELCHAIR RAMPS z^E’itK3 Dollars &$$ ✓M>__________Cents Per S.F. 504 S.P. 15.8,720 S.F.PROP. STD. 4” REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND/OR WHEELCHAIR RAMPS, STAMPED & COLORED Dollars &$$ ______Cents Per S.F. 504 S.P. 16.3,095 S.F.PROP. STD. 4” REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND/OR WHEELCHAIR RAMPS, COLORED Dollars &$$✓Z Z- z^t/^TCents Per S.F. S.P.17.1250 LF.SILICONE JOINT SEALANT ________Dollars & Cents Per LF.$$ //,W? 504 18.2,375 S.F.PROP. STD. 6” REINFORCED CONCRETE DWY. z*7n2T' Dollars &$^0?$ z^tf__________Cents Per S.F. 504 S.P. 19.205 S.F.PROP. STD. 7” REINFORCED CONCRETE HIGH VOLUME DWY. _T/X________________Dollars & ✓no__________Cents Per S.F. $_$. 518 S.P. 20.5 C.Y.PROP. RETAINING WALL z«eur,z<|i»g4>^<»z<9'X7y Dollars & ✓no Cents Per C.Y.$$ S.P.21.120 S.F.PROP. 6” CONCRETE FLUME __ _________Dollars & zno________Cents Per S.F.$$ 11-13 314 S.P. 22.1,040 S.Y.PROP. 6” REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT Dollars &$$ zvg? Cents Per S.Y. 314 S.P. 23.95 S.Y.PROP. 6” REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT, STAMPED & COLORED Dollars & Cents Per S.Y. $. 214 24.7,825 S.Y.PROP. 6” CEMENT STABILIZED SUBGRADE @ 30#/S.Y. zytAj_______________Dollars & _______Cents Per S.Y. $. 214 25.117 TON PROP. CEMENT &£*£*> . A ///^ BK&f Dollars & z»*4? Cents Per TON 312 S.P. 26.6,390 S.Y.PROP. 5” H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT Dollars & 77»/<e>y Cents Per S.Y.$.$ ^33^ 312 S.P. 27.560 S.Y.PROP. 6” H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT Dollars & /Xz/ttfry Cents Per S.Y.$. 312 S.P. 28.45 TON PROP. H.M.A.C. TRANSITION Dollars & x/to Cents Per TON.$as S.P. 500 29.100 L.F.PROP. 6” PIPE SUBDRAIN Dollars & z»*t> Cents Per L.F.$$ y S.P. 116 30.750 C.Y.PROP. TOP SOIL NINE Dollars & NO_____________Cents Per C.Y.$9.00 $ 6,750.00 S.P.31.17 EA.PROP. ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX TWO HUNDRED Dollars & NO_____________Cents Per EA.$ 200.00 $ 3,400.00 S.P.32.4 EA.PROP. ADJUST MANHOLE THREE HUNDRED FIFTY_Dollars & NO Cents Per EA.$350.00 $ 1,400,00 S.P.33.15 EA.PROP. ADJUST WATER METER BOX THIRTY FIVE Dollars & NO Cents Per EA.$35.00 $ 525.00 11-14 TOTAL AMOUNT BID-UNIT II-ALTERNATE NO. 2 SUMMARY OF BIDS: TOTAL AMOUNT BID-UNIT II-ALTERNATE NO. 1 $ J&3, 1 TOTAL AMOUNT BID-UNIT II-ALTERNATE NO. 2 $ C) 11-15 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provision of Article 20.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act, Taxes. All equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the project construction, are subject to State sales taxes under House Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1991. The successful Bidder shall be required to complete the attached Statement of Materials and Other Charges at the time of executing the contract. The Contractor shall comply with City Ordinance 7278, as amended by City Ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. The undersigned agrees to complete all work covered by these contract documents within Seventy (70) Working Days from and after the date for commencing work as set forth in the written Work Order to be issued by the Owner and to pay not less than the “Prevailing Wage Rates for Street, Drainage and Utility Construction” as established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas. Within ten (10) days of receipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond for the faithful performance of this contract. The attached deposit check in the sum of £.\s/Dollars ($ ) is to be forfeited in the event the contract and bond are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby. (I/we), acknowledge receipt of the following addenda to the plans and specifications, all of the provisions and requirements of which have been taken into consideration in preparation of the foregoing bid: Addendum No. 1 (Initials) ______2Z______ Addendum No. 3 (Initials) Addendum No. 2 (Initials) Addendum No. 4 (Initials) Respectfully submitted: Address A * ________ 7^/7^ Telephone (SEAL) Date g, z99-9 11-16 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW The 1985 Session of the Texas Legislature passed House Bill 620 relative to the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out-of-State contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required too underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State in which the nonresident’s principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all out-of-State or nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out-of-State or nonresident contractors to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Nonresident vendors in_____________(give State), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State law. A copy of the Statute is attached. Nonresident vendors in(give State), our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. Our principal place of business or corporate offices are in the State of Texas. BIDDER: Zip Title: (Please print) THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR QUOTATION Off ICIM K® csragHw11-17 SPECIAL PROVISIONS (TRANSPORTATION/PUBLIC WORKS) FOR: UNIT II: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATES NO. 1 & NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM N. MAIN TO EAST DEAD END Cl 115-020115040594 DOE NO. 2006 1. SCOPE OF WORK: The work covered by these plans and specifications consist of Unit II Alternate No. 1: 3” H.M.A.C. pavement over 8” cement stabilized pulverized subgrade or Unit II Alternate No. 2: 5” H.M.A.C. pavement over 6” cement stabilized subgrade and all other miscellaneous items of construction to be performed as outlined in the Plans and Specifications which are necessary to satisfactorily complete the work. The paving improvements for this project will not proceed until the water and sanitary sewer replacements have been completed for this project. 2. AWARDING OF CONTRACT: Contract may not necessarily be awarded to the lowest bidder of either Unit II Alternate No. 1 or Alternate No. 2. The City Engineer shall evaluate and recommend to the City Council the best bid which is considered to be in the best interest of the City. 3. WORK ORDER ISSUANCE: All utilities and right-of-way easements are expected to be clear and easements and/or permits obtained on this project within sixty (60) days of advertisement of this project. The work order for subject project will not be issued until all utilities , right-of-ways, easements and/or permits are cleared or obtained. The Contractor shall not hold the City of Fort Worth responsible for any delay in issuing the work order for this Contract. In addition, specific to this contract, the Contractor will not be issued work orders until the water and sanitary sewer replacements for this project have been completed and accepted. Upon acceptance of utility work, the Contractor will be issued work orders for this project and will have fourteen (14) working days to begin work. When the work order is issued, the Contractor will be considered to be in control of this section of the work. 4. WORKING DAYS: The Contractor agrees to complete the Contract within the allotted number of working days. 5. INCREASE OR DECREASE IN QUANTITIES: The quantities shown in the proposal are approximate. It is the Contractor’s sole responsibility to verify all the minor pay item quantities prior to submitting a bid. When the quantity of work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is more than 125% of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of work above 125% of the quantity stated in the contract. When the quantity of the work to be done or materials to be furnished under any major pay item of the contract is less than 75% of the quantity stated in the contract, whether stated by Owner or by Contractor, then either party to the contract, upon demand, shall be entitled to negotiate for revised consideration on the portion of work below 75% of the quantity stated in the contract. This paragraph shall not apply in the event Owner deletes a pay item in its entirety from this contract. A major pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5 percent of the original contract. 11-32 A minor pay item is defined as any individual bid item included in the proposal that has a total cost less than 5 percent of the original contract. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a negotiated price, Owner and Contractor agree that the consideration will be the actual field cost of the work plus 15% as described herein below, agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and Department of Engineering and approved by the City Council after said work is completed, subject to all other conditions of the contract. As used herein, field cost of the work will include the cost of all workmen, foremen, time keepers, mechanics and laborers; all materials, supplies, trucks, equipment rental for such time as actually used on such work only, plus all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses; and a ratable portion of premiums on performance and payment bonds, public liability, Workers Compensation and all other insurance required by law or by ordinance. The Director of the Department of Engineering will direct the form in which the accounts of actual field cost will be kept and will recommend in writing the method of doing the work and the type and kind of equipment to be used but such work will be performed by the Contractor as an independent Contractor and not as an agent or employee of the City. The 15% of the actual field cost to be paid to the Contractor shall cover and compensate him for profit, overhead, general supervision and field office expense and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced with the actual field cost as herein specified upon request, the Contractor shall provide the Director of Engineering access to all accounts, bills and vouchers relating thereto. 6. RIGHT TO ABANDON: The City reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the Contractor, any part of the project or the entire project at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by the City. 7. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS: This contract and project are governed by the two following published specifications, except as modified by these Special Provisions: STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION NORTH CENTRAL TEXAS A copy of either of these specifications may be purchased at the Office of the Department of Engineering, 1000 Throckmorton Street, 2nd Floor, Municipal Building, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The specifications applicable to each pay item are indicated in the call-out for the pay item by the Engineer. If not shown, then applicable published specifications in either of these documents may be followed at the discretion of the Contractor. General Provisions shall be those of the Fort Worth document rather than Division 1 of the North Central Texas document. 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract documents at any time. Failure to bid or fully execute contract without retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as “nonresponsive” and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate and as determined by the Director of the Department of Engineering. 9. MAINTENANCE STATEMENT: The Contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance of this project by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth and will be required to replace at his expense any part or all of the project which becomes defective due to these causes. 10. CONSTRUCTION STAKING: Construction stakes for line and grade will be provided by the City as outlined on page 17, Standard Specifications for Construction, City of Fort Worth. 11-33 11. TRAFFIC CONTROL: The contractor shall be responsible for providing traffic control during the construction of this project consistent with the provisions set forth in the “1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways” issued under the authority of the “State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways,” codified as Article 670Id Vernon’s Civil Statues, pertinent sections being Section Nos. 27,29, 30 and 31. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works Department. Signs and Markings Division (phone number 871-8075), to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be reinstalled the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to reinstall the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such reinstallation is completed. 12. DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed a written statement thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by him found correct shall be approved and referred by him to the Council for final approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the Council shall be final and binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineers to stop work or by the performance of extra work or by the failure of the City to provide material or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for which shall, however, be subject to the approval of the City Council; and no such extension of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond form all his obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. 13. DETOURS AND BARRICADES: The Contractor shall prosecute his work in such a manner as to create a minimum of interruption to traffic and pedestrian facilities and to the flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic within the project area. Contractor shall protect construction as required by Engineer by providing barricades. Barricades, warning and detour signs shall conform to the Standard Specifications “Barriers and Warning and/or Detour Signs,” Item 524 and/or as shown on the plans. Construction signing and barricades shall conform with “1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Vol. No. 1.” 14. DISPOSAL OF SPOIL/FILL MATERIAL: Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill material, the contractor shall advise the Director of the Department of Engineering acting as the City of Fort Worth’s Flood Plain Administrator (“Administrator”), of the location of all sites where the contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinance of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure the filling is not occurring within a flood plain without a permit. A flood plain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a flood plain. Approval of the contractors disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary engineering studies, shall be at the contractors expense. In the event that the contractor disposes of spoil/fill materials at a site without a fill permit or a letter from the administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of OFFICIAL ®0» Clff SCMW ft», H. 11-34 Engineering, contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinance of the City and this section. 15. ZONING REQUIREMENTS: During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes. 16. QUALITY CONTROL TESTING: (a) The contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, certifications by a private laboratory for all materials proposed to be used on the project, including a mix design for any asphaltic and/or Portland cement concrete to be used and gradation analysis for sand and crushed stone to be used along with the name of the pit from which the material was taken. The contractor shall provide manufacturer’s certifications for all manufactured items to be used in the project and will bear any expense related thereto. (b) Tests of the design concrete mix shall be made by the contractor’s laboratory at least nine days prior to the placing of concrete using the same aggregate, cement and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. The contractor shall provide a certified copy of the test results to the City. (c) Quality control testing of in situ material on this project will be performed by the City at its own expense. Any retesting required as a result of failure of the material to meet project specifications will be at the expense of the contractor and will be billed at commercial rates as determined by the City. The failure of the City to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the contractor of its responsibility to furnish materials and equipment conforming to the requirements of the contract. (d) Not less than 24 hours notice shall be provided to the City by the contractor for operations requiring testing. The contractor shall provide access and trench safety system (if required) for the site to be tested and any work effort involved is deemed to be included in the unit price for the item being tested. (e) The contractor shall provide a copy of the trip ticket for each load of fill material delivered to the job site. The ticket shall specify the name of the pit supplying the fill material. 17. PROPERTY ACCESS: Access to adjacent property shall be maintained at all times unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 18. SAFETY RESTRICTIONS - WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES: The following procedures will be followed regarding the subject item on this contract: (a) A warning sign not less than five inches by seven inches, painted yellow with black letters that are legible at twelve feet shall be placed inside and outside vehicles such as cranes, derricks, power shovels, drilling rigs, pile drivers, hoisting equipment or similar apparatus. The warning sign shall read as follows: “WARNING—UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHIN SIX FEET OF HIGH VOLTAGE LINES.” (b) Equipment that may be operated within ten feet of high voltage lines shall have an insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm, except back hoes or dippers and insulator links on the lift hood connections. (c) When necessary to work within six feet of high voltage electric lines, notification shall be given the power company (TU Electric Service Company) which will erect temporary mechanical barriers, de­ energize the line or raise or lower the line. The work done by the power company shall not be at the ©MAI iMO aw ® hw11-35 expense of the City of Fort Worth. The notifying department shall maintain an accurate log of all such calls to TU Electric Service Company and shall record action taken in each case. (d) The contractor is required to make arrangements with the TU Electric Service Company for the temporary relocation or raising of high voltage lines at the contractor’s sole cost and expense. (e) No person shall work within six feet of a high voltage line without protection having been taken as outlined in Paragraph (c). 19. WATER DEPARTMENT PRE-QUALIFICATIONS: Any contractor performing any work on Fort Worth water or sanitary sewer facilities must be pre-qualified with the Water Department to perform such work in accordance with procedures described in the current Fort Worth Water Department General Specifications which general specifications shall govern performance of all such work. 20. RIGHT TO AUDIT: (a) Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section. The City shall give contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. (b) Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, under the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor involving transactions to the subcontract and further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to all subcontractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article together with subsection (c ) hereof. City shall give subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. (c) Contractor and subcontractor agree to photo copy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse contractor for the cost of copies as follows: 1. 50 copies and under $0.10 perpage. 2. More than 50 copies $0.85 for first page plus $0.15 for each page thereafter. (d) “Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract have access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract and further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to all appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article. City shall give subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.” CONSTRUCTION NON-PAY ITEM No. 1 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING: All objectionable items within the limits of this project and not otherwise provided for shall be removed under this item in accordance with Standard Specification Item 102, “Clearing and Grubbing.” However, no direct payment will be made for this item and it shall be considered incidental to this contract. 11-36 NON-PAY ITEM No. 2 - SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL: All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications Item 200, “Sprinkling for Dust Control” shall apply. However, no direct payment will be made for this item and it shall be considered incidental to this contract. NON-PAY ITEM No. 3 - PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL: All property along and adjacent to the Contractor’s operations including lawns, yards, shrubs, trees, etc. shall be preserved or restored after completion of the work to a condition equal or better than existed prior to start of work. By ordinance, the contractor must obtain a permit from the City Forester before any work (trimming, removal or root pruning) can be done on trees or shrubs growing on public property including street rights-of-way and designated alleys. This permit can be obtained by calling the Forestry Office at 871-5738. All tree work shall be in compliance with pruning standards for Class II Pruning as described by the National Arborist Association. A copy of these standards can be provided by calling the above number. Any damage to public trees due to negligence by the Contractor shall be assessed using the current formula for Shade Tree Evaluation as defined by the International Society of Arboriculture. Payment for negligent damage to public trees shall be made to the City of Fort Worth and may be withheld from funds due to the Contractor by the City. To prevent the spread of the Oak Wilt fungus, all wounds on Live Oak and Red Oak trees shall be immediately sealed using a commercial pruning paint. This is the only instance when pruning paint is recommended. NON-PAY ITEM No. 4 - CONCRETE COLORED SURFACE: Specific to this project will be the omission of the concrete colorant for wheelchair ramps in all areas where the proposed stamped and stained sidewalks are to be installed. Concrete wheelchair ramp surfaces, excluding the side slopes and curb, shall be colored with LITHOCHROME color hardener or equal. A brick red color, a dry-shake hardener manufactured by L.M. Scofield Company or equal, shall be used in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Contractor shall provide a sample concrete panel of one foot by one foot by three inches dimension, or other dimension approved by the Engineer, meeting the aforementioned specifications. The sample, upon approval of the Engineer, shall be the acceptable standard to be applied for all construction covered in the scope of this Non-Pay Item. No direct payment will be made for this item and it shall be considered incidental to this contract. The method of application shall be by screen, sifter, sieve, or other means in order to provide for a uniform color distribution. NON-PAY ITEM No. 6 - RECONNECTION OF EXISTING DRAINS: All drain lines that drain through the existing curb will be reconnected through the proposed curb. Any relocations or adjustments required to the existing drain line to connect through the proposed curb will be considered subsidiary to this contract and no additional payment will be made. NON-PAY ITEM No. 7 - PROJECT CLEAN-UP: The Contractor shall be aware that keeping the project site in a neat and orderly condition is considered an integral part of the contracted work and as such shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items. Clean up work shall be done as directed by the Engineer as the work progresses or as needed. If, in the opinion of the Engineer it is necessary, clean-up shall be done on a daily basis. Clean up work shall include, but not be limited to: • Sweeping the street clean of dirt or debris • Storing excess material in appropriate and organized manner • Keeping trash of any kind off of residents’ property 11-37 If the Engineer does not feel that the jobsite has been kept in an orderly condition, on the next estimate payment (and all subsequent payments until completed) of the appropriate bid item(s) will be reduced by 25%. Final cleanup work shall be done for this project as soon as the paving and curb and gutter has been constructed. No more than seven days shall elapse after completion of construction before the roadway and right-of-way is cleaned up to the satisfaction of the Engineer. NON-PAY ITEM No. 8 - PROJECT SCHEDULE: Contractor shall be responsible for producing a project schedule at the pre-construction conference. This schedule shall detail all phases of construction, including project cleanup, and allow the contractor to complete the work in the allotted time. This schedule will also provide the Construction Manager with an estimated completion date of work to be performed under this Contract. Contractor will not move on to the jobsite nor will work begin until said schedule has been received and approval secured from the Construction Engineer. However, contract time will start even if the project schedule has not been turned in. Project schedule will be updated and resubmitted at the end of every estimating period. All costs involved in producing and maintaining the project schedule shall be subsidiary to this contract. UNIT II-ALTERNATE NO. 1 ALTERNATE NO 1 PAY ITEM No. 1 - UTILITY ADJUSTMENT: This item is included for the basic purpose of establishing a contract price which will be comparable to the final cost of making necessary adjustments required due to street improvements to water, sanitary sewer and natural gas service lines and appurtenances where such service lines and appurtenances are the property owner’s responsibility to maintain. An arbitrary figure has been placed in the Proposal; however, this does not guarantee any payment for utility adjustments, neither does it confine utility adjustments to the amount shown in the Proposal. It shall be the “Contractor" responsibility to provide the services of a licensed plumber to make the utility adjustments determined necessary by the Engineer. No payment will be made for utility adjustments except those adjustments determined necessary by the Engineer. Should the contractor damage service lines due to his negligence, where such lines would not have required adjustment or repair otherwise, the lines shall be repaired and adjusted by the contractor at the contractor’s expense. The payment to the contractor for utility adjustments shall be the actual cost of the adjustments plus ten percent (10%) to cover the cost of bond and overhead incurred by the contractor in handling the utility adjustments. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No, 2 - PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN: The contractor shall construct and install two (2) Project Designation Signs and it will be the responsibility of the contractor to maintain the signs in a presentable condition at all times on each project under construction. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as directed by the Engineer. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to have the individual project signs lettered and painted in accordance with the enclosed detail. The quality of the paint, painting and lettering on the signs shall be approved by the Engineer. The height and arrangement of the lettering shall be in accordance with the enclosed detail. The sign shall be constructed of %” fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better. These signs shall be installed on barricades or as directed by the Engineer and in place at the project site upon commencement of construction. The work, which includes the painting of the signs, installing and removing the signs, furnishing the materials, supports and connections to the support and maintenance shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The unit price bid per each will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Off 1CIAL BOB Clff EHW11-38 ALTERNATE NO. 1-PAY ITEM NO. 7 - RELOCATE EXISTING POST & CABLE FENCE: This item will cover the relocation of the existing post and cable fence shown on the plans to the property line. The relocated fence will be installed in a condition that is equal to or better than the existing conditions i.e. spacing of posts, depth of posts, posts set in concrete or tamped backfill etc. The price bid per linear foot ‘Relocate Existing Post & Cable Fence’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM -No. 9 - UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION: Contractor should be aware that this item will cover all excavations required including, but not limited to, 3” undercutting as described in attached recommendations, any excavation due to lowering of proposed curb line, and any excavation required to shape existing subbase to the standard crown for the proposed roadway. All objectionable material found within the limits of excavation shall be removed from the job site and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Removal of such shall be subsidiary to this item unless otherwise provided herein. During the construction of this project, it is required that all parkways be excavated and shaped at the same time the roadway is excavated (if applicable.) Excess excavation will be disposed of at locations approved by the engineer. The intention of the owner is to pay only the plan quantity without measurement. Should either contracting party be able to show an error in the quantities exceeding 10 percent, then actual quantities will be paid for at the unit prices bid. The party requesting the payment of actual rather than plan quantities is responsible for bearing any survey and/or measurement costs necessary to verify the actual quantities. ALTERNATE NO. 1-PAY ITEM No. 11 - PROP. 7” ATTACHED CURB: This item consists of placing attached curb along the proposed head-in and parallel parking. The price bid per linear foot ‘Prop. 7” Attached Curb’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM Unit Il-No. 12 - 7” CURB & 18” GUTTER: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 502 ‘Concrete Curb & Gutter’ shall apply except as modified herein: Subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot shall be the following: a) A minimum of 5” or greater as required depth of flexbase material properly compacted under the proposed curb and gutter as shown in the construction details. b) Flexbase material to a depth of at least 8” and a width as required in the roadway adjacent to the proposed gutter where the existing pavement and subbase was removed to allow for the forms to be placed to pour the proposed curb and gutter. This is intended to replace the necessary material required for the pulverization process. c) If the Contractor fails to backfill either in front of the gutter or behind the curb within seven (7) calendar days of pouring the curb and gutter, the amount paid for the curb and gutter shall be reduced by 25% until the backfill operation is complete. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM Unit III-No. 15 - PROP. STD. 4” REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK, AND/OR WHEELCHAIR RAMPS, STAMPED & COLORED: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 504 ‘Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways’ shall apply except as modified herein: This pay item is for the installation proposed sidewalk poured in 8’x8’ panels stamped with design ‘LITHOTEX PAVECRAFTERS COBBLE 6x6’ or approved equal and colored throughout using colorant “CROMIX C-26 ANTIQUE CORK” or approved equal. This item covers all sidewalk shown on the plans with the diamond pattern labeled ‘STAMP A’ and hatched as ‘COLOR B’. The colorant and the design will be approved by Mr. Joe Temus, Assistant Director, TPW at 871-8055 prior to installation. An 8’x8’ test panel will be supplied by the Contractor for Mr. Temus’ approval prior to installation. The colorant will be mixed throughout the concrete. Specifications for both the stamp and the colorant are included at the end of the special provisions section. The price bid per square foot ‘Prop. Std. 4” Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk, And/or Wheelchair Ramps, Stamped & Colored’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All work performed under this item that does meet the approval of Mr. Ternus as to pattern and/or color will be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s cost and time. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM Unit III-No. 16 - PROP. STD, 4” REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK, AND/OR WHEELCHAIR RAMPS, COLORED: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 504 ‘Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways’ shall apply except as modified herein: This pay item is for the installation proposed sidewalk adjacent ot the stmaped and colored sidewalk in Alternate No. 1 Pay Item NO. 15. This sidewalk shall be colored throughout using colorant “CROMIX 5234 SUMMER BEIGE” or approved equal. This item covers all sidewalk shown on the plans hatched as ‘COLOR A’. The colorant and the design will be approved by Mr. Joe Temus, Assistant Director, TPW at 871-8055 prior to installation. An 4’x4’ test panel will be supplied by the Contractor for Mr. Temus’ approval prior to installation. The colorant will be mixed throughout the concrete. Specifications for both the stamp and the colorant are included at the end of the special provisions section. The price bid per square foot ‘Prop. Std. 4” Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk, And/or Wheelchair Ramps, Colored’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All work performed under this item that does meet the approval of Mr. Ternus as to color will be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s cost and time. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No. 17 - SILICONE JOINT SEALANT: This item will be used to seal the joint between the following only: ♦ All head-in or parallel parking attached curb and adjacent sidewalk. ♦ Joints on all wheelchair ramps ♦ Joint between proposed sidewalk and existing buildings. CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPECIFICATION for SILICONE JOINT SEALING (Revision 1, October 18, 1989) (Revision 2, May 12, 1994) 1. SCOPE This specification for silicone joint sealing Portland Cement Concrete pavement and curbs shall supersede Item 314.2. (11) “Joint Sealing Materials” of STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION - CITY OF FORT WORTH, and Item 2.210 “Joint Sealing” of STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION - NORTH TEXAS ©mciAt ®w itiaiK COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENTS. 3. MATERIALS 3.1 The silicone joint sealant shall meet Federal Specification TT-S-001543A for Class A sealant except as modified by the test requirements of this specification. Before the installation of the joint sealant, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer certification by an independent testing laboratory that the silicone joint sealant meet these requirements. 3.2 The manufacturer of the silicone joint sealant shall have a minimum two-year demonstrated, documented successful field performance with Portland Cement Concrete pavement silicone joint sealant systems. Verifiable documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer. Acetic acid cure sealants shall not be accepted. The silicone sealant shall be cold applied. 3.3 Self-Leveling Silicone Joint Sealant The joint sealant shall be Dow Coming 890-SL self-leveling silicone joint sealant as manufactured by Dow Coming Corporation, Midland, MI 48686-0994, or an approved equal. Self-Leveling Silicone Joint Sealant Test Method Test Requirement AS SUPPLIED ****Non Volatile Content, % min.96 to 99 MIL-S-8802 Extrusion Rate, grams/minute 275 to 550 ASTM D 1475 Specific Gravity 1.206 to 1.340 ****Skin-Over Time, minutes max.60★★★★Cure Time, days 14 to 21 ****Full Adhesion, days 14 to 21 AS CURED - AFTER ASTM D412, DieC ASTM D 3583 (Sect. 14 Mod.) ASTM C 719 ASTM D 3583 (Sect. 14 Mod.) ASTM D 3583 (Sect. 14 Mod.) Mod. Elongation, % min.1400 Modulus @ 150% Elongation, psi max.9 Movement, 10 cycles @ +100/-50%No Failure Adhesion to Concrete, % Elongation min.600 Adhesion to Asphalt, % Elongation min.600 3.4 The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal. The back rod and breaker tape shall be installed in the saw-cut joint to prevent the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint. The backer rod and 11-41 breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them. Reference is made to the “Construction Detail” sheet for the various joint details with their respective dimensions. 4. TIME OF APPLICATION On newly constructed Portland Cement Concrete pavement, the joints shall be initially saw cut to the required depth with the proper joint spacing as shown on the “Construction Detail” sheet or as directed by the Engineer within 12 hours of the pavement placement. (Note that for the “dummy” joints, the initial 1/4 inch width “green” saw-cut and the “reservoir” saw cut are identical and should be part of the same saw cutting operation. Immediately after the saw cutting pressure washing shall be applied to flush the concrete slurry from the freshly saw cut joints.) The pavement shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of seven (7) days. Then the saw cuts for the joint sealant reservoir shall be made, the joint cleaned, and the joint sealant installed. During the application of the joint sealant, the weather shall not be inclement and the temperature shall be 40F (4C) and rising. 5. EQUIPMENT 5.1 All necessary equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall keep his equipment in a satisfactory working condition and shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to the beginning of the work. The minimum requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows: 5.2 Concrete Saw: The sawing equipment shall be adequate in size and power to complete the joint sawing to the required dimensions. 5.3 High Pressure Water Pump: The high pressure cold water pumping system shall be capable of delivering a sufficient pressure and volume of water to thoroughly flush the concrete slurry from the saw-cut joint. 5.4 Air Compressors: The delivered compressed air shall have a pressure in excess of 90 psi and 120 cfm. There shall be suitable reaps for the removal of all free water and oil from the compressed air. The blow-tube shall fir into the saw-cut joint. 5.5 Extrusion Pump: The output shall be capable of supplying a sufficient volume of sealant to the joint. 5.6 Injection Tool: This mechanical device shall apply the sealant uniformly into the joint. 5.7 Sandblaster: The design shall be for commercial use with air compressors as specified in Paragraph 5.4. 5.8 Backer Rod Roller and Tooling Instrument: These devices shall be clean and free of contamination. They shall be compatible with the join depth and width requirements. 6. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 6.1 General: The joint reservoir saw cutting, cleaning, bond breaker installation, and 11-42 joint sealant placement shall be performed in a continuous sequence of operations 6.2 Sawing Joints: The joints shall be saw-cut to the width and depth as shown on the “Construction Detail” sheet. The faces of the joints shall be uniform in width and depth along the full length of the joint. 6.3 Cleaning Joints: Immediately after sawing, the resulting concrete slurry shall be completely removed from the joint and adjacent area by flushing with high pressure water. The water flushing shall be done in one-direction to prevent • joint contamination. When the Contractor elects to saw the joint by the dry method, flushing the joint with high pressure water may be deleted. The dust resulting from the sawing shall be removed from the joint by using compressed air. (Paragraph Rev. 1, October 18, 1989) After complete drying, the joints shall be sandblasted. The nozzle shall be attached to a mechanical aiming device so that the sand blast will be directed at an angle of 45 degrees and at a distance of one to two inches from the face of the joint. Both joint faces shall be sandblasted in separate, one directional passes. Upon the termination of the sandblasting, the joints shall be blown-out using compressed air. The blow tube shall fit into the joints. The blown joint shall be checked for residual dust or other contamination. If any dust or contamination is found, the sandblasting and blowing shall be repeated until the joint is cleaned. Solvents will not be permitted to remove stains and contamination. Immediately upon cleaning, the bond breaker and sealant shall be placed in the joint. Open, cleaned joints shall not be left unsealed overnight. Bond Breaker Rod and Tape: The bond breaker rod and tae shall be installed in the cleaned joint prior to the application of the joint sealant in a manner that will produce the required dimensions. 6.4 Joint Sealant: Upon placement of the bond breaker rod and tape, the joint sealant shall be applied using the mechanical injection tool. The joint sealant application shall not be permitted when the air and pavement temperature is less than 40F (4C). Joints shall not be sealed unless they are clean and dry. Unsatisfactorily sealed joints shall be refilled. Excess sealant left on the pavement surface shall be removed and discarded and shall not be used to seal the joints. The pavement surface shall present a clean final condition. Traffic shall not be allowed on the fresh sealant until it becomes tack-free. Approval of Joints: A representative of the sealant manufacturer shall be present at the job site at the beginning of the final cleaning and sealing of the joints. He shall demonstrate to the Contractor and the Engineer the acceptable method for sealant installation. The manufacturer’s representative shall approve the clean, dry joints before the sealing operation commences. OFFICIAL KO® CIWMW fi rem, e. 11-43 7. WARRANTY The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a manufacturer’s written guarantee on all joint sealing materials. The manufacturer shall agree to provide any replacement material free of charge to the City. Also, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a written warranty on all sealed joints. The Contractor shall agree to replace any failed joints at no cost to the City. Both warranties shall be for one year after final acceptance of the completed work by the Engineer. 8. BASIS OF PAYMENT No separate payment will be made for Silicone Joint Sealant. This item will be considered subsidiary to the contract will include furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivery, and application of those sealing materials and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the silicone joint sealing in conformity with the plans and these specifications. ALTERNATE NO, 1 PAY ITEM No. 19 - PROP, STD. 7” REINFORCED HIGH VOLUME DWY.: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 504 ‘Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways’ shall apply except as modified herein: The thickness of the concrete shall be seven (7) inches. The driveway shall be constructed in accordance with Construction Standard Drawing S-M 9. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No. 20 - PROP. RETAINING WALL: This item is included for the purpose of establishing a unit cost for proposed retaining wall to be constructed according to the detail shown in the plans. No specific location for the retaining wall is shown on the plans. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No. 21 - PROP. 6” CONCRETE FLUME: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 406 ‘Concrete for Structures’ shall apply. Proposed 6” concrete flume shall be constructed according to detail shown in the plans. The price bid per square foot ‘Prop. 6” Concrete Flume’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No. 22 - PROP, 6” REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT: (a) All applicable provisions of standard Specifications Item 314 “Concrete Pavement,” shall apply. The contractor shall use a six (6) sack concrete mix for all hand placement in the intersections. The unit price bid per square yard shall be full payment for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. (b) Once an evaluation of the pavement is made to determine whether the crack is due to distress or minor shrinkage, the following policy will apply: (1) When the crack is minor and due to shrinkage (cosmetic), then no further treatment will be needed. (2) If the crack is due to distress (structural), the failed pavement must be removed and replaced a minimum of 5 feet. In no case should the remaining portion of the panel be less than 5 feet wide after repairing the failed panel. (3) Any crack within 12 inches of any joint must be removed and replaced a minimum of 5 feet to prevent future spalling of the pavement. All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully automated paving machine as approved by the Construction Engineer. Screeds will not be allowed except if approved by the Construction Engineer. QfflCIAl ffC® a km, b. 11-44 ALTERNATE NO, 1 PAY ITEM No. 23 - PROP. 6” REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT, STAMPED & COLORED: (a) All applicable provisions of standard Specifications Item 314 “Concrete Pavement,” shall apply. The contractor shall use a six (6) sack concrete mix for all hand placement in the intersections. The unit price bid per square yard shall be full payment for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. (b) Once an evaluation of the pavement is made to determine whether the crack is due to distress or minor shrinkage, the following policy will apply: (4) When the crack is minor and due to shrinkage (cosmetic), then no further treatment will be needed. (5) If the crack is due to distress (structural), the failed pavement must be removed and replaced a minimum of 5 feet. In no case should the remaining portion of the panel be less than 5 feet wide after repairing the failed panel. (6) Any crack within 12 inches of any joint must be removed and replaced a minimum of 5 feet to prevent future spalling of the pavement. All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully automated paving machine as approved by the Construction Engineer. Screeds will not be allowed except if approved by the Construction Engineer. This pay item is for the installation proposed sidewalk ACROSS EXISTING STREETS poured in 8’x8’ panels stamped with design ‘LITHOTEX PAVECRAFTERS COBBLE 6”x6” or approved equal and colored throughout using colorant “CROMIX C-26 ANTIQUE CORK” or approved equal. This item covers all sidewalk shown on the plans with the diamond pattern labeled ‘STAMP A’ and hatched as ‘COLOR B’. The colorant and the design will be approved by Mr. Joe Temus, Assistant Director, TPW at 871-8055 prior to installation. An 8’x8’ test panel will be supplied by the Contractor for Mr. Temus’ approval prior to installation. The colorant will be mixed throughout the concrete. Specifications for both the stamp and the colorant are included at the end of the special provisions section. The price bid per square foot ‘Prop. Std. 4” Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk, And/or Wheelchair Ramps, Stamped & Colored’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All work performed under this item that does meet the approval of Mr. Ternus as to pattern and/or color will be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s cost and time. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No. 24 & No. 26 - PROP, 8” PULVERIZATION & 3” H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT: The construction sequencing for this project and specifically for this item is described by the following attached recommendations provided by Department of Engineering Construction Services Division. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No. 27 - PROP. 4” H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT : The construction sequencing for this project and specifically for this item is described by the following attached recommendations provided by Department of Engineering Construction Services Division. All provisions of the attached recommendations shall apply except for the use of 4” H.M.A.C. pavement. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No. 27 - PROP. H.M.A.C. TRANSITION: This item will consist of the furnishing and placing at varying thicknesses an H.M.A.C. surface in transition areas where indicated on the plans, as specified in these specifications and at other locations as may be directed by the Engineer. This item shall be governed by all applicable provisions of Standard Specifications Item 312. The price bid per ton HMAC Transition as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 11-45 ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM -No. 28 - PROP. 6” PIPE SUBDRAIN: No specific location for this item is designated on the plans. Subdrain shall be installed only if field conditions indicate ground water at subgrade level after excavation and if deemed necessary by the Engineer. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM-No. 29 - PROP. TOPSOIL: The proposed quantities are estimates only and intended for use in the parkway. This pay item is intended to pay for topsoil that must be imported where suitable material is either not available on the job or cannot reasonably be stored on-site. Payment will be made on the basis of loose truck volume (full truck with sideboards up) tickets and material must meet City of Fort Worth standards for topsoil. Only the volume imported will be paid for and may be substantially less than the proposal quantities listed. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No. 30 - PROP. ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX: Contractor will be responsible for adjusting water valve boxes to match new pavement grade. Subsidiary to this item shall be the installation of a concrete collar per attached detail. The water valves themselves will be adjusted by City of Fort Worth Water Department forces. The concrete shall be designed to achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch. Work shall be completed and the street open to traffic within seven (7) calendar days of beginning work on the water valve box. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within seven (7) calendar days, a SI 00.00 per day liquidated damage will be assessed per water valve box per day. The unit price bid will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM No. 31 - PROP. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT: This item shall include adjusting the tops of existing and/or proposed manholes to match proposed grade as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Standard Specification Item No. 450 shall apply except as follows: Included as part of this pay item shall be the application of a cold-applied preformed flexible butyl rubber or plastic sealing compound for sealing interior and/or exterior joints on concrete manhole sections as per current City Water Department Special Conditions. Subsidiary to this item will be the installation of a concrete collar per Water Department GCD Figure 121. The concrete shall be designed to achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch. Work shall be completed and the street open to traffic within seven (7) calendar days of beginning work on the manhole. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within seven (7) calendar days, a $100.00 per day liquidated damage will be assessed per manhole per day. ALTERNATE NO. 1 PAY ITEM -No. 32 - PROP. ADJUST WATER METER BOX: This item shall include raising or lowering an existing meter box to the parkway grade specified. No payment will be made for existing boxes which are within 0.1’ of specified parkway grade. The unit price bid will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. CSiCIM KO® CWKHW11-46 UNIT II-ALTERNATE NO. 2 ALTERNATE NO 2 PAY ITEM No. 1 - UTILITY ADJUSTMENT: This item is included for the basic purpose of establishing a contract price which will be comparable to the final cost of making necessary adjustments required due to street improvements to water, sanitary sewer and natural gas service lines and appurtenances where such service lines and appurtenances are the property owner’s responsibility to maintain. An arbitrary figure has been placed in the Proposal; however, this does not guarantee any payment for utility adjustments, neither does it confine utility adjustments to the amount shown in the Proposal. It shall be the “Contractor” responsibility to provide the services of a licensed plumber to make the utility adjustments determined necessary by the Engineer. No payment will be made for utility adjustments except those adjustments determined necessary by the Engineer. Should the contractor damage service lines due to his negligence, where such lines would not have required adjustment or repair otherwise, the lines shall be repaired and adjusted by the contractor at the contractor’s expense. The payment to the contractor for utility adjustments shall be the actual cost of the adjustments plus ten percent (10%) to cover the cost of bond and overhead incurred by the contractor in handling the utility adjustments. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 2 - PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN: The contractor shall construct and install two (2) Project Designation Signs and it will be the responsibility of the contractor to maintain the signs in a presentable condition at all times on each project under construction. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as directed by the Engineer. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to have the individual project signs lettered and painted in accordance with the enclosed detail. The quality of the paint, painting and lettering on the signs shall be approved by the Engineer. The height and arrangement of the lettering shall be in accordance with the enclosed detail. The sign shall be constructed of %” fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better. These signs shall be installed on barricades or as directed by the Engineer and in place at the project site upon commencement of construction. The work, which includes the painting of the signs, installing and removing the signs, furnishing the materials, supports and connections to the support and maintenance shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The unit price bid per each will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 2-PAY ITEM NO. 7 - RELOCATE EXISTING POST & CABLE FENCE: This item will cover the relocation of the existing post and cable fence shown on the plans to the property line. The relocated fence will be installed in a condition that is equal to or better than the existing conditions i.e. spacing of posts, depth of posts, posts set in concrete or tamped backfill etc. The price bid per linear foot ‘Relocate Existing Post & Cable Fence’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM -No. 9 - UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION: All objectionable material found within the limits of excavation shall be removed from the job site and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Removal of such shall be subsidiary to this item unless otherwise provided herein. During the construction of this project, it is required that all parkways be excavated and shaped at the same time the roadway is excavated (if applicable.) Excess excavation will be disposed of at locations approved by the engineer. The intention of the owner is to pay only the plan quantity without measurement. Should either contracting party be able to show an error in the quantities exceeding 10 percent, then actual quantities will be paid for at the Of KIM FKO® CW SCFHW 11-47 unit prices bid. The party requesting the payment of actual rather than plan quantities is responsible for bearing any survey and/or measurement costs necessary to verify the actual quantities. ALTERNATE NO. 2-PAY ITEM No. 11 - PROP. 7” ATTACHED CURB: This item consists of placing attached curb along the proposed head-in and parallel parking. The price bid per linear foot ‘Prop. 7” Attached Curb’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM Unit Il-No. 12-7” CURB & 18” GUTTER: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 502 ‘Concrete Curb & Gutter’ shall apply except as modified herein: Subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot shall be the following: If the Contractor fails to backfill behind the curb within seven (7) calendar days of pouring the curb and gutter, the amount paid for the curb and gutter shall be reduced by 25% until the backfill operation is complete. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM Unit III-No, 15 - PROP. STD, 4” REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK, AND/OR WHEELCHAIR RAMPS, STAMPED & COLORED: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 504 ‘Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways’ shall apply except as modified herein: This pay item is for the installation proposed sidewalk poured in 8’x8’ panels stamped with design ‘LITHOTEX PAVECRAFTERS COBBLE 6x6’ or approved equal and colored throughout using colorant “CROMIX C-26 ANTIQUE CORK” or approved equal. This item covers all sidewalk shown on the plans with the diamond pattern labeled ‘STAMP A’ and hatched as ‘COLOR B’. The colorant and the design will be approved by Mr. Joe Temus, Assistant Director, TPW at 871-8055 prior to installation. An 8’x8’ test panel will be supplied by the Contractor for Mr. Temus’ approval prior to installation. The colorant will be mixed throughout the concrete. Specifications for both the stamp and the colorant are included at the end of the special provisions section. The price bid per square foot ‘Prop. Std. 4” Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk, And/or Wheelchair Ramps, Stamped & Colored’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All work performed under this item that does meet the approval of Mr. Temus as to pattern and/or color will be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s cost and time. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM Unit III-No. 16 - PROP. STD, 4” REINFORCED CONCRETE SIDEWALK, AND/OR WHEELCHAIR RAMPS, COLORED: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 504 ‘Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways’ shall apply except as modified herein: This pay item is for the installation proposed sidewalk adjacent ot the stmaped and colored sidewalk in ALTERNATE NO. 2 Pay Item NO. 15. This sidewalk shall be colored throughout using colorant “CROMIX 5234 SUMMER BEIGE” Or approved equal. This item covers all sidewalk shown on the plans hatched as ‘COLOR A’. The colorant and the design will be approved by Mr. Joe Temus, Assistant Director, TPW at 871- 8055 prior to installation. An 4’x4’ test panel will be supplied by the Contractor for Mr. Temus’ approval prior to installation. The colorant will be mixed throughout the concrete. Specifications for both the stamp and the colorant are included at the end of the special provisions section. The price bid per square foot ‘Prop. Std. 4” Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk, And/or Wheelchair Ramps, Colored’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All work 11-48 aw performed under this item that does meet the approval of Mr. Ternus as to color will be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s cost and time. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 17 - SILICONE JOINT SEALANT: This item will be used to seal the joint between the following only: ♦ All head-in or parallel parking attached curb and adjacent sidewalk. ♦ Joints on all wheelchair ramps ♦ Joint between proposed sidewalk and existing buildings. CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPECIFICATION for SILICONE JOINT SEALING (Revision 1, October 18, 1989) (Revision 2, May 12, 1994) 1. SCOPE This specification for silicone joint sealing Portland Cement Concrete pavement and curbs shall supersede Item 314.2. (11) “Joint Sealing Materials” of STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION - CITY OF FORT WORTH, and Item 2.210 “Joint Sealing” of STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION - NORTH TEXAS COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENTS. 3. MATERIALS 3.1 The silicone joint sealant shall meet Federal Specification TT-S-001543A for Class A sealant except as modified by the test requirements of this specification. Before the installation of the joint sealant, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer certification by an independent testing laboratory that the silicone joint sealant meet these requirements. 3.2 The manufacturer of the silicone joint sealant shall have a minimum two-year demonstrated, documented successful field performance with Portland Cement Concrete pavement silicone joint sealant systems. Verifiable documentation shall be submitted to the Engineer. Acetic acid cure sealants shall not be accepted. The silicone sealant shall be cold applied. 3.3 Self-Leveling Silicone Joint Sealant The joint sealant shall be Dow Coming 890-SL self-leveling silicone joint sealant as manufactured by Dow Coming Corporation, Midland, MI 48686-0994, or an approved equal. Test Method AS SUPPLIED **** MIL-S-8802 ASTM D 1475 Self-Leveling Silicone Joint Sealant Test Non Volatile Content, % min. Extrusion Rate, grams/minute Specific Gravity Requirement 96 to 99 11-49 **** **** **** Skin-Over Time, minutes max. Cure Time, days Full Adhesion, days 60 14 to 21 14 to 21 AS CURED-AFTER ASTM D412, DieC ASTM D 3583 (Sect. 14 Mod.) ASTM C 719 ASTM D 3583 (Sect. 14 Mod.) ASTM D 3583 (Sect. 14 Mod.) Mod. Elongation, % min.1400 Modulus @ 150% Elongation, psi max.9 Movement, 10 cycles @ +100/-50%No Failure Adhesion to Concrete, % Elongation min.600 Adhesion to Asphalt, % Elongation min.600 3.4 The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal. The back rod and breaker tape shall be installed in the saw-cut joint to prevent the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint. The backer rod and breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them. Reference is made to the “Construction Detail” sheet for the various joint details with their respective dimensions. 4. TIME OF APPLICATION On newly constructed Portland Cement Concrete pavement, the joints shall be initially saw cut to the required depth with the proper joint spacing as shown on the “Construction Detail” sheet or as directed by the Engineer within 12 hours of the pavement placement. (Note that for the “dummy” joints, the initial 1/4 inch width “green” saw-cut and the “reservoir” saw cut are identical and should be part of the same saw cutting operation. Immediately after the saw cutting pressure washing shall be applied to flush the concrete slurry from the freshly saw cut joints.) The pavement shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of seven (7) days. Then the saw cuts for the joint sealant reservoir shall be made, the joint cleaned, and the joint sealant installed. During the application of the joint sealant, the weather shall not be inclement and the temperature shall be 40F (4C) and rising. 5. EQUIPMENT 5.1 All necessary equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall keep his equipment in a satisfactory working condition and shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to the beginning of the work. The minimum requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows: 5.2 Concrete Saw: The sawing equipment shall be adequate in size and power to complete the joint sawing to the required dimensions. 5.3 High Pressure Water Pump: The high pressure cold water pumping system shall be capable of delivering a sufficient pressure and volume of water to thoroughly 11-50 0 I i Q I 1 I ' I I I I I ' I li D flush the concrete slurry from the saw-cut joint. 5.4 Air Compressors: The delivered compressed air shall have a pressure in excess of 90 psi and 120 cfrn. There shall be suitable reaps for the removal of all free water and oil from the compressed air. The blow-tube shall fir into the saw-cut joint. 5.5 Extrusion Pump: The output shall be capable of supplying a sufficient volume of sealant to the joint. 5.6 Injection Tool: This mechanical device shall apply the sealant uniformly into the joint. 5.7 Sandblaster: The design shall be for commercial use with air compressors as specified in Paragraph 5.4. 5.8 Backer Rod Roller and Tooling Instrument: These devices shall be clean and free of contamination. They shall be compatible with the join depth and width requirements. 6. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 6.1 General: The joint reservoir saw cutting, cleaning, bond breaker installation, and joint sealant placement shall be performed in a continuous sequence of operations 6.2 Sawing Joints: The joints shall be saw-cut to the width and depth as shown on the “Construction Detail” sheet. The faces of the joints shall be uniform in width and depth along the full length of the joint. 6.3 Cleaning Joints: Immediately after sawing, the resulting concrete slurry shall be completely removed from the joint and adjacent area by flushing with high pressure water. The water flushing shall be done in one-direction to prevent joint contamination. When the Contractor elects to saw the joint by the dry method, flushing the joint with high pressure water may be deleted. The dust resulting from the sawing shall be removed from the joint by using compressed air. (Paragraph Rev. 1, October 18, 1989) After complete drying, the joints shall be sandblasted. The nozzle shall be attached to a mechanical aiming device so that the sand blast will be directed at an angle of 45 degrees and at a distance of one to two inches from the face of the joint. Both joint faces shall be sandblasted in separate, one directional passes. Upon the termination of the sandblasting, the joints shall be blown-out using compressed air. The blow tube shall fit into the joints. The blown joint shall be checked for residual dust or other contamination. If any dust or contamination is found, the sandblasting and blowing shall be repeated until the joint is cleaned. Solvents will not be permitted to remove stains and contamination. Immediately upon cleaning, the bond breaker and sealant shall be placed in the joint. Open, cleaned joints shall not be left unsealed overnight. 11-51 Bond Breaker Rod and Tape: The bond breaker rod and tae shall be installed in the cleaned joint prior to the application of the joint sealant in a manner that will produce the required dimensions. 6.4 Joint Sealant: Upon placement of the bond breaker rod and tape, the joint sealant shall be applied using the mechanical injection tool. The joint sealant application shall not be permitted when the air and pavement temperature is less than 40F (4C). Joints shall not be sealed unless they are clean and dry. Unsatisfactorily sealed joints shall be refilled. Excess sealant left on the pavement surface shall be removed and discarded and shall not be used to seal the joints. The pavement surface shall present a clean final condition. Traffic shall not be allowed on the fresh sealant until it becomes tack-free. Approval of Joints: A representative of the sealant manufacturer shall be present at the job site at the beginning of the final cleaning and sealing of the joints. He shall demonstrate to the Contractor and the Engineer the acceptable method for sealant installation. The manufacturer’s representative shall approve the clean, dry joints before the sealing operation commences. 7. WARRANTY The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a manufacturer’s written guarantee on all joint sealing materials. The manufacturer shall agree to provide any replacement material free of charge to the City. Also, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a written warranty on all sealed joints. The Contractor shall agree to replace any failed joints at no cost to the City. Both warranties shall be for one year after final acceptance of the completed work by the Engineer. 8. BASIS OF PAYMENT No separate payment will be made for Silicone Joint Sealant. This item will be considered subsidiary to the contract will include furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivery, and application of those sealing materials and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the silicone joint sealing in conformity with the plans and these specifications. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 19 - PROP. STD. 7” REINFORCED HIGH VOLUME DWY.: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 504 ‘Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways’ shall apply except as modified herein: The thickness of the concrete shall be seven (7) inches. The driveway shall be constructed in accordance with Construction Standard Drawing S-M 9. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 20 - PROP. RETAINING WALL: This item is included for the purpose of establishing a unit cost for proposed retaining wall to be constructed according to the detail shown in the plans. No specific location for the retaining wall is shown on the plans. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 21 - PROP. 6” CONCRETE FLUME: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 406 ‘Concrete for Structures’ shall apply. Proposed 6” concrete flume shall be constructed according to detail shown in the plans. 11-52 OfflCIM K0B cw raaw Msaua. 0 3 P I 3 3 3 I I I I I 3 I 11 3 3 I 0 The price bid per square foot ‘Prop. 6” Concrete Flume’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No, 22 - PROP. 6” REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT: (c) All applicable provisions of standard Specifications Item 314 “Concrete Pavement,” shall apply. The contractor shall use a six (6) sack concrete mix for all hand placement in the intersections. The unit price bid per square yard shall be full payment for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. (d) Once an evaluation of the pavement is made to determine whether the crack is due to distress or minor shrinkage, the following policy will apply: (7) When the crack is minor and due to shrinkage (cosmetic), then no further treatment will be needed. (8) If the crack is due to distress (structural), the failed pavement must be removed and replaced a minimum of 5 feet. In no case should the remaining portion of the panel be less than 5 feet wide after repairing the failed panel. (9) Any crack within 12 inches of any joint must be removed and replaced a minimum of 5 feet to prevent future spalling of the pavement. All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully automated paving machine as approved by the Construction Engineer. Screeds will not be allowed except if approved by the Construction Engineer. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 23 - PROP. 6” REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT, STAMPED & COLORED: (c) All applicable provisions of standard Specifications Item 314 “Concrete Pavement,” shall apply. The contractor shall use a six (6) sack concrete mix for all hand placement in the intersections. The unit price bid per square yard shall be full payment for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. (d) Once an evaluation of the pavement is made to determine whether the crack is due to distress or minor shrinkage, the following policy will apply: (10) When the crack is minor and due to shrinkage (cosmetic), then no further treatment will be needed. (11) If the crack is due to distress (structural), the failed pavement must be removed and replaced a minimum of 5 feet. In no case should the remaining portion of the panel be less than 5 feet wide after repairing the failed panel. (12) Any crack within 12 inches of any joint must be removed and replaced a minimum of 5 feet to prevent future spalling of the pavement. All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully automated paving machine as approved by the Construction Engineer. Screeds will not be allowed except if approved by the Construction Engineer. This pay item is for the installation proposed sidewalk ACROSS EXISTING STREETS poured in 8’x8’ panels stamped with design ‘LITHOTEX PAVECRAFTERS COBBLE 6x6’ or approved equal and colored throughout using colorant “CROMIX C-26 ANTIQUE CORK” or approved equal. This item covers all sidewalk shown on the plans with the diamond pattern labeled ‘STAMP A’ and hatched as ‘COLOR B’. The colorant and the design will be approved by Mr. Joe Temus, Assistant Director, TPW at 871-8055 prior to installation. An 8’x8’ test panel will be supplied by the Contractor for Mr. Temus’ approval prior to installation. The colorant will be mixed throughout the concrete. Specifications for both the stamp and the colorant are included at the end of the special provisions section. The price bid per square foot ‘Prop. Std. 4” Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk, And/or Wheelchair Ramps, Stamped & Colored’ as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. All 11-53 work performed under this item that does meet the approval of Mr. Ternus as to pattern and/or color will be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s cost and time. •' • t• • . ' • ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 26 - PROP. 5” H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 312 ‘Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete’ shall apply except as modified herein: The base course shall be a 3” deep Type “B” course placed in one lift. The surface course shall be a 2” deep Type “D” course placed in one lift. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 27 - PROP. 6” H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT: All provisions of Standard Specification No. 312 ‘Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete’ shall apply except as modified herein: The base course shall be a 3” deep Type “B” course placed in one lift. The surface course shall be a 3” deep Type “D” course placed in one lift. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 27 - PROP. H.M.A.C. TRANSITION: This item will consist of the furnishing and placing at varying thicknesses an H.M.A.C. surface in transition areas where indicated on the plans, as specified in these specifications and at other locations as may be directed by the Engineer. This item shall be governed by all applicable provisions of Standard Specifications Item 312. The price bid per ton HMAC Transition as shown in the Proposal will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM -No. 28 - PROP. 6” PIPE SUBDRAIN: No specific location for this item is designated on the plans. Subdrain shall be installed only if field conditions indicate ground water at subgrade level after excavation and if deemed necessary by the Engineer. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM-No. 29 - PROP. TOPSOIL: The proposed quantities are estimates only and intended for use in the parkway. This pay item is intended to pay for topsoil that must be imported where suitable material is either not available on the job or cannot reasonably be stored on-site. Payment will be made on the basis of loose truck volume (full truck with sideboards up) tickets and material must meet City of Fort Worth standards for topsoil. Only the volume imported will be paid for and may be substantially less than the proposal quantities listed. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 30 - PROP. ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX: Contractor will be responsible for adjusting water valve boxes to match new pavement grade. Subsidiary to this item shall be the installation of a concrete collar per attached detail. The water valves themselves will be adjusted by City of Fort Worth Water Department forces. The concrete shall be designed to achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch. Work shall be completed and the street open to traffic within seven (7) calendar days of beginning work on the water valve box. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within seven (7) calendar days, a $100.00 per day liquidated damage will be assessed per water valve box per day. The unit price bid will be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM No. 31 - PROP, MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT: CW ffl® 11-54 0 I I I I I I I 1 0 i i Q I i i I I I This item shall include adjusting the tops of existing and/or proposed manholes to match proposed grade as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Standard Specification Item No. 450 shall apply except as follows: Included as part of this pay item shall be the application of a cold-applied preformed flexible butyl rubber or plastic sealing compound for sealing interior and/or exterior joints on concrete manhole sections as per current City Water Department Special Conditions. Subsidiary to this item will be the installation of a concrete collar per Water Department GCD Figure 121. The concrete shall be designed to achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch. Work shall be completed and the street open to traffic within seven (7) calendar days of beginning work on the manhole. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within seven (7) calendar days, a $100.00 per day liquidated damage will be assessed per manhole per day. ALTERNATE NO. 2 PAY ITEM -No. 32 - PROP. ADJUST WATER METER BOX: This item shall include raising or lowering an existing meter box to the parkway grade specified. No payment will be made for existing boxes which are within 0.1’ of specified parkway grade. The unit price bid wiil be full payment for materials including all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 11-55 CHROMIX® Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete TECH-DATA BULLETIN A-3CM.1 1 L. M. SCOFIELD COMPANY MANUFACTURER & MARKETER OF BUILDING SPECIALTIES SINCE 1915 6533 8ANDINI BLVD. • LOS ANGELES. CALIFORNIA 90040 4155 SCOFIELD ROAD • DOUGLASVILLE, GEORGIA 30134 Offices and warehouses nationwide and internationally. Inquiries: (800) 800-9900 Los Angeles. CA: (323) 720-3000 Fax (323) 720-3030 Atlanta. GA: (770) 920-5000 Fax (770) 920-6060 LM SCOFIELD EUROPE LTD. UK: 44 1226 732222 Colored, water-reducing, set-control­ ling admixtures for horizontal or vertical architectural concrete. o o Q -J LU o O W Sealer, and S-404-3G LITHOSEAL™ Trafficalk-3G™, 7-204 LITHOTEX® Top Surface Retarder, and A-764 CEMEN- TONE® Clear Sealer. CHROMIX Admixtures are premea­ sured for the concrete mix design and packaged in SCOFIELD™ Tossin™ dis­ integrating bags. Unlike products that increase the risk of error by requiring weighing, mathematical calculations, or the addition of multiple bags, only one bag of a CHROMIX Admixture is added for each cubic yard (meter) of concrete. Simple and easy to use, the Tossin bag is normally added unopened directly into the mixer truck, minimizing dust, lower­ ing disposal and labor costs, and saving room in overcrowded landfills. For some flatwork applications LITHOCHROME® Color Hardener is preferentially recommended. Applied by the dry-shake method, it produces hard, dense surfaces with increased resis­ tance to wear, abrasion, and the effects of freeze/thaw cycles and deicing salts. LITHOCHROME Color Hardener should normally be used to color-harden flat- troweled interior floors, and although concrete color-conditioned with CHRO­ MIX Admixture can be imprinted, the use of LITHOCHROME Color Hardener is preferred. Its rich finishing paste creates sharper patterns and its harder surface provides greater wear resistance. When a heavier-duty, more slip-resistant surface is required, the use of EMERCHROME® Floor Hardener should be considered, and for elegant, stone-like, multicolored floors and hardscapes, the possibilities of LITHOTEX® Colorstone™ should be explored. Additional information is avail­ able in Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletins A-104 LITHOCHROME Color Hardener, A-204 EMERCHROME Floor Hardener, and A-904 LITHOTEX Colorstone. Applying LITHOCHROME® Chem- stain™ over concrete color-conditioned with a CHROMIX Admixture creates uneven, variegated or translucent color effects, much like the shadings of natural stone or the aged appearance of a time- worn patina. The result is unique to each surface and cannot be duplicated by other coloring materials. When chemically staining new concrete flatwork, the use of LITHOCHROME Color Hardener pro­ vides a wider range of colors and a harder, more abrasion-resistant surface. Additional information is available in Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin A-414 LITHOCHROME Chemstain. Before using, check with your Scofield Customer Service Representative to ensure that you have the most recent Scofield Tech-Data Bulletins. 2. Limitations: Due to the graying effect of most cements, there are some colors that can only be produced using very light or white cements, and some light or intense colors cannot be cost-effectively achieved. Variations in slump, cement type and brand, color variations in the cement or aggregates, finished texture, timing of operations, curing or forming methods, and the choice of release 11-56 CEMENTONE. CHROMIX. COLORCURE. EMERCHROME. LITHOCHROME. LITHOSEAL. LITHOTEX. SCOFIELD. Buildingcalk. Chemstain. Colorstore. Colorwax. Conpatch. Easipak. Tossin. and Trafficaik-3G are trademarks of L. M. Scofield Company agents or surface treatments will each produce distinct, though in most cases slight, variations in apparent color. The mix should have a maximum slump of four inches (100 mm) and must con­ tain a minimum of five sacks per cubic yard (275 kg/m1 * 3) of cement for flatwork and six sacks per cubic yard (335 kg/m3) for vertical concrete. No calcium chloride should be added. The same brand of cement, source of sand, and water/ cement ratio should be maintained for each load of concrete of the same color. 1. Description and Uses: Time-tested and proven for over 83 years, CHROMIX® Admixtures for Color-Condi­ tioned Concrete provide permanent, fade-resistant, uniform, and streak-free integral color-conditioning for all types of concrete projects, from floors and hard- scapes to cast-in-place or precast walls. They are true water-reducing admix­ tures, premeasured and packaged in disintegrating bags for easy and accu­ rate addition into the concrete mix. Pro­ ducing concrete that is structurally superior as well as beautiful and cost effective, CHROMIX Admixtures not only color concrete, but increase its strength at all ages, control the set time, and improve freeze/thaw resistance. Supe­ rior workability and finishing characteris­ tics are achieved. Color bleeding, laitance, and efflorescence are reduced. The addition of a CHROMIX Admixture provides endless design possibilities for concrete flatwork. Hardscapes can be brought to life with rich color or be blended into the landscape. Color-condi­ tioned floors and walks can create a warm, inviting atmosphere while offering an easy-to-maintain, wear-resistant sur­ face. Patterns can be formed in contrast­ ing or complimentary colors or by use of different textures and a single color. Defi­ nition can be produced by scoring or sawcutting. Texture adds depth and slip resistance when aggregates are exposed by sandblasting or use of a surface retarder, and color-conditioned concrete can achieve the look and feel of more ex­ pensive paving materials such as granite. To allow hardscapes and floors to reach their full color potential and beauty, Scofield has developed a complete sys­ tem of color-matched curing, finishing, and joint-sealing materials especially designed for use with color-conditioned concrete. Scofield products are also avail­ able for producing superior exposed aggregate flatwork. Additional informa­ tion is available in Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletins A-514 LITHOCHROME® Color­ wax™, A-634 COLORCURE® Concrete CHROMIX Admixtures should never be added to an empty drum or at the tail end of a load. Though manufactured to disin­ tegrate in typical concrete mixes, SCOFIELD Tossin bags may not com­ pletely disintegrate during mixing when certain batching and mixing procedures or equipment is used, or with some mix ingredients and proportions. A test batch may be required to determine mixing time and suitability, or the Tossin bag may be opened and the color-conditioning admixture batched directly into the mix. 3. Composition and Materials: Manu­ factured specifically for use in concrete, CHROMIX Admixtures are colored, water-reducing, set-controlling admix­ tures that contain no calcium chloride. They are formulated to disperse color accurately and uniformly throughout the concrete mix, with coloring agents that are limeproof and have maximum resis­ tance to the effects of sunlight (UV). 4. Types: CHROMIX Admixtures are available in several types for specific project requirements. CHROMIX Admix­ ture, a Type A, normal-set water-reduc­ ing admixture, and CHROMIX Ad­ mixture, Retarder, a Type D retarded-set water-reducing admixture, have a re­ fined lignosulfonate base. CHROMIX Admixture, HCA-2 Retarder, HCA-3 Retarder, and HCA-4 Retarder are rec­ ommended when greater retardation is required and are hydroxylated carboxylic acid based. The suffix numbers refer to the rate of retardation with HCA-4 pro­ ducing the greatest retardation. 5. Applicable Standards and Building Codes: As formulated water-reducing admixtures, all CHROMIX Admixtures conform to the following specifications: ASTM C 494, AASHTO M 194, and CRD C 87. As formulated coloring agents, they conform to ASTM C 979. All CHROMIX Admixtures meet the requirements of the Uniform Building Code and the Standard Building Cod' i for use in reTnforc.ejd..aod^pi:e.stLqs^e I )it' ion for use in and, concrete, ai idl^neSagjaroH of Los AngulosWtrern^ try 19$ 3 eservei l. I I I 0 I 0 I 3 I 3 I I B Admixtures for Cement Reduction. . Scofield should be contacted about . approvals in specific jurisdictions. '■ Professional concreting standards and practices, including those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI), the Portland Cement Association (PCA), and the National Ready Mixed Concrete Asso­ ciation (NRMCA) should be followed. 6. Colors: AW CHROMIX Admixtures are available in sixteen standard and eight designer colors classified into three price groups. Scofield's Color Chart A-312 depicts the colors that may be expected when using a medium-gray shade of cement and curing with LITHOCHROME Colorwax or COLORCURE Concrete Sealer in the matching color. Upon request, Scofield's laboratories will pre­ pare special concrete samples using cement and aggregates furnished from the job location. With sufficient prior notification, cus­ tom colors can be formulated with mini­ mum orders of 50 Units (equivalent to 50 cubic yards of five-sack concrete). Higher cement contents will have lower minimum amounts. Custom colors of Scofield's color-matched curing materi­ als are also available. CHROMIX Admixtures normally pro­ duce earth-tone colors. When more intense colors or when certain light colors are desired, the use of LITHOCHROME Color Hardener should be considered. 7. Sizes and Dosage: All CHROMIX Admixtures are packaged to eliminate weighing and measuring errors and are sold by the bag, not by weight. CHRO­ MIX Admixtures are premeasured and packaged in SCOFIELD Tossin bags for easy and accurate addition into the con­ crete mix. Standard colors of CHROMIX Admix­ ture are normally available in bags that contain the proper dosage for either five sacks or six sacks of cement per cubic yard (275 kg/m3 or 335 kg/m3) of con­ crete. On special order, any type of CHROMIX Admixture can be packaged for a cubic yard or cubic meter of concrete having any specified cement content. If the mix contains cement substitutes, such as flyash or blast-furnace slag, their weight should be added to the weight of the cement when determining the correct CHROMIX Admixture dosage. CHROMIX Admixture, Retarder and HCA Retarders are not stocked but cus­ tom-manufactured on order. The mini­ mum order for CHROMIX Admixture, Retarder is 50 Units (equivalent to 50 cubic yards of five-sack concrete or 42 cubic yards of six-sack concrete). The minimum order for any CHROMIX Admixture, HCA Retarder is 200 Units. Higher cement contents will have pro­ portionally lower minimum amounts. 8. Shelf Life: Under normal conditions when kept dry and moisture free, the shelf life of all CHROMIX Admixtures is at least one year from the date of pur­ chase. Inventory should be rotated. 9. Cautions: Add bag unopened to min­ imize dust. Use with adequate ventila­ tion. Should dusty conditions develop, a dust mask (NIOSH/MSHA TC 21C approved) is recommended. Before using or handling, read the Material Safety Data Sheet and Warranty. First Aid: Eyes—DO NOT RUB EYES. Immediately flush thoroughly with plenty of water. Skin—Wash thoroughly with soap and water. Inhalation —Move to fresh air. If symptoms persist or develop, or if ingested, get medical attention. Wash thoroughly immediately after handling. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN. 10. Technical Data: All CHROMIX Admixtures increase concrete strength at all ages, control the set time, and improve workability and freeze/thaw resistance. Mixes containing CHROMIX Admixture or CHROMIX Admixture Retarder exhibit higher 28-day and one-year compressive strengths when compared to control mixes containing no admix­ ture. Compressive strengths of concrete with various, representative cement contents are given in the table below. All values are typical of those obtained when tested by ASTM testing methods. 11. Concrete Mix Design: Irrespective of strength requirements, minimum cement contents are required to assure adequate fines for finishing and texturing architec­ tural concrete. For flatwork, the cement content must be a minimum of five sacks percubicyard(275 kg/m3)ofconcrete.The American Concrete Institute in ACI 302 IR Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction recommends a minimum of five and one-half sacks per cubic yard (5'/2 sks or 305 kg/m3) for con­ crete floors and slabs containing one inch (25 mm) aggregate. For vertical concrete, the cement content must be a minimum of six sacks per cubic yard (335 kg/m3). The dosage rate used in designing the mix must be as specified by Scofield for the particular color and type of CHROMIX Admixture designated. CHROMIX Admixture, Retarder, or one of the HCA Retarder types, should be considered for use in vertical concrete, to facilitate conti­ nuity of placement and consolidation, and in concrete flatwork placed during hot weather. Because of the substantial retar­ dation achieved with HCA-3 and HCA-4 Retarder they should be used only after consulting Scofield for suggestions. Under average conditions, concrete containing CHROMIX Admixtures will entrain 1 -3 percent air and have a water­ requirement reduction of 7-8 percent. An air-entraining admixture complying with ASTM C 260 should be used in all concrete flatwork subject to freeze/thaw cycles and as specified or required by the engineer for workability or durability. Addition of supplemental admixtures or cement substitutes may affect the color, finishing characteristics, and other quali­ ties of the concrete. Calcium chloride should not be added to the mix since it causes mottling and surface discoloration. Supplemental admixtures, such as addi­ tional water-reducing admixtures, water­ proofing agents, and super plasticizers, or cement substitutes, such as flyash or slag, should not be used unless Scofield is con­ sulted for suggestions. If a supplemental admixture or cement substitute is used, it must be added to all mixes on the project having the same color. The mix should contain only nonreac- tive aggregates and have as low a slump as possible. A four inch (100 mm) slump or less is recommended. 12. Jobsite Samples: Producing archi­ tectural concrete requires skill and prac­ tice. For vertical precast or cast-in-place concrete, tilt-up concrete, and for archi­ tectural flatwork, representative jobsite 1 Compressive Strengths and Water/Cement Ratios Average of three tests. Slump 4" ± 0.25”. Maximum aggregate size: 1 “ for 5.0 and 5.6 sack mixes; 3/a" for 7.5 sack mix. B Control No Admixture CHROMIX® Admixture (Normal Set) CHROMIX® Admixture Retarder CHROMIX® Admixture,. HCA-2 Retarder • , 1 5.0 sacks/cubic yard 28 day compressive, psi 1 year compressive, psi W/C Ratio 3,592 4,993 0.64 4,350 6,020 0.61 4,765 5,965 0.60 I I 1 (<5,105 / 5,922 / fti 0.59 / 43 Z-fljs ^=3 o o । j >• (1 S’!— ? 315.6 sacks/cubic yard 28 day compressive, psi 1 year compressive, psi W/C Ratio 3,993 5,700 0.62 4,717 6,880 0.55 4,885 7,212 0.53 / 5.497 / 6,503 / ttg 0.54 / 1 7.5 sacks/cubic yard 28 day compressive, psi 1 year compressive, psi W/C Ratio 5,954 7,497 0.48 6,626 7,863 0.47 -----U-57____________ 6,331 7,805 0.45 6,803 8,090 0.47 L ■ a a o 0 D 0 0 0 0 0 B 0 0 0 n r-' 0 samples should be produced and approved at least one month prior to concreting. A separate sample should be cast for each color and mix design. Each sample should be of adequate size to be representative, be made with the job materials, and use the contemplated construction techniques. For accurate color, the quantity of concrete mixed should not be less than one-third of the capacity of the mixing drum (a minimum of three cubic yards in a nine cubic yard load) and should always be in full cubit? yard (cubic meter) increments. Vertical and tilt-up sample panels should be made using the selected form materi­ als, snap-ties, spacers, inserts, pickup bolts, release agents, and surface treat­ ments. Areas to be patched should be included so that patching techniques may be developed. Horizontal samples should be cured and if specified, finished with the appropriate, color-matched curing and fin­ ishing material or clear sealer. All surfaces should be textured as specified. Portions of the actual cement and aggregates used to cast the jobsite sam­ ples should be retained. Cement and aggregates from the same source should be used throughout the job and periodically sampled for comparison of color and gradation with the material used in the approved sample. 13. Batching and Depositing: Weather conditions should be consid­ ered when planning installation. Profes­ sional practices as described in ACI standards 305R Hot Weather Concret­ ing and 306 R Cold Weather Concreting should be followed. The concrete mix should be controlled to provide good batch-to-batch uniformity. Ready-mix trucks should be in good con­ dition. The cement should be weighed accurately. The same brand of cement, source of sand, and water/cement ratio should be maintained for each load of concrete of the same color. A method is available for wet-checking the approxi­ mate color of each load before placing. Scofield should be consulted for details. Before batching, the drum must be thoroughly clean and wet. The quantity of colored concrete mixed should not be less than one-third of the capacity of the mixing drum (a minimum of three cubic yards in a nine cubic yard load) and should always be in full cubic yard (cubic meter) increments. Approxi­ mately 40 gallons (150 L) of the mix water, and preferably, a portion of the aggregates should be batched into the mixer drum. Then one unopened Tossin bag of the specified CHROMIX Admixture, correctly packaged for the mix design, should be added for each cubic yard (meter) of concrete. The remaining ingredients should be added, and the load mixed at the spec­ ified mixing speed for a minimum of 130 revolutions, before discharging. CHROMIX Admixtures should never be added to an empty drum or at the tail end of a load. When pumping, the pump should be capable of depositing a low-slump con­ crete mix containing one-inch rock and must be primed with an identically col­ ored slurry mix. The SCOFIELD Tossin bag should not be added to the slurry mix but opened, and the color-conditioning admixture batched directly into the mix. When depositing, the concrete should be deposited near its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. If held-back water is added at the jobsite, the concrete should be mixed at mixing speed for a minimum of 30 rev­ olutions after addition of the water and before depositing. The slump of the con­ crete should be consistent throughout the project at four inches (100 mm) or less, and in no event should exceed five inches (125 mm) for any load. No water should be added after a portion of the load has been discharged. Measuring and adjusting the air content of the load is recommended immediately prior to placement. Concrete that has started to set must not be retempered, but should be discarded. 14. Flatwork Installation and Curing: Only uniformly slip-resistant textures, such as broom, swirl, sponge float, exposed-aggregate, or sandblasted should be considered for concrete flat­ work. When a flat surface is required, extra precautions should be taken to ensure that the surface is uniformly trow­ eled so that it will not be slippery. Repre­ sentative jobsite samples as described in 12. Jobsite Samples should be pro­ duced prior to concrete installation to verify safety and approve the adequacy of wet and dry slip resistance. Surrounding areas, landscaping, and adjacent surfaces should be protected. The work area should be roped off, nearby vehicles removed, and appropri­ ate sections closed to traffic. The subgrade should be well drained and have adequate and uniform load­ bearing characteristics. It must be moist, completely consolidated, and free of frost at the time of concreting. If necessary, the subgrade may be dampened with water in advance of concreting, but concrete should not be placed over freestanding water or muddy, frozen, or soft spots. The concrete should be placed and consolidated so that it completely fills all space inside the forms and provides a suitable surface for finishing. Concrete adjacent to the forms should be spaded. Hard steel troweling should be mini­ mized to avoid trowel burns. For uniformity of appearance, consistent finishing prac­ tices should be used when applying the specified texture. The edges should be finished first. All surfaces should be fin­ ished within reasonably the same time after placing. Water must not be sprinkled or otherwise added to the surface of the slab while finishing. Long-handled fresnos must not be used. All final hand-finishing should be done in the same direction. When concrete is placed and finished in hot windy weather, precautions must be taken to prevent plastic cracking resulting from excessively rapid drying at the surface as described in CIP 5 Plastic Shrinkage Cracking published by the Na­ tional Ready Mixed Concrete Association. Until it is completely cured, the color of concrete is normally less uniform and appears darker than the final color. Use of one of Scofield's color-matched curing materials enhances the depth of color, 11-58 produces more uniformly colored con­ crete, and provides surface protection. LITHOCHROME Colorwax should be used to cure exterior flatwork that will be allowed to weather naturally or that will only receive occasional maintenance and recoating. Interior floors and exterior flatwork that will receive regular mainte­ nance and recoating should be cured with COLORCURE Concrete Sealer. Both curing materials have been spe­ cially formulated for use with colored con­ crete and exceed ASTM C 309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Cur­ ing Concrete. When curing with LITHO­ CHROME Colorwax, an optional thin finish coat may be applied, if desired. When curing with COLORCURE Con­ crete Sealer, one thin finish coat is required. Scofield's Tech-Data Bulletin A-514 LITHOCHROME Colorwax or A-634 COLORCURE Concrete Sealer must be read completely before using. Though not normally recommended for colored concrete, when curing color- conditioned concrete that is to be chem­ ically stained or have the aggregate exposed, new and unwrinkled, nonstain­ ing, high-quality, kraft curing paper should be used. Additional information is available in the appropriate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletins A-414 LITHO­ CHROME Chemstain or T-203 LITHO­ TEX Top Surface Retarder, and A-764 CEMENTONE Clear Sealer. Scofield should be consulted prior to curing by other methods. Curing with water is usually detrimental to color uni­ formity. Curing with burlap and other wet coverings, plastic sheeting, or other liq­ uid-membrane type curing compounds is not recommended as mottling or stain­ ing normally occurs. All surfaces should be thoroughly inspected to verify and approve installation and safety, including wet and dry slip resis­ tance, before opening the area to traffic. 15. Tilt-Up Concrete Installation: Prior to commencement of construction, a rep­ resentative sample panel should be cast as described in 12. Jobsite Samples. Following the procedures in ACI 551 Tilt-Up Concrete Structures is sug­ gested. The casting slab should be flat, level, and of adequate strength to sup­ port the panels. Casting over joints should be avoided when possible to pre­ vent transferring (shadowing) to the bot­ tom of the panels. If panels must span a joint, plastic zip strips are recommended to form the joints, alternately the joints must be taped or otherwise sealed. All concrete panels that are to serve as a casting bed should be trowel finished to produce a flat, level surface. The casting surface must be coated with a nonstcfiTF"— - ing, surface-sealing release agent capa-' , ble of preventing the passage of moisture into the casting bed. Otherv/s<jW curing of the bottom surfaces will be un- even, creating discolorations that cannsEj; be removed by sandblasting. Panelsjthalv C<L5> are stacked, normally do not exhibit ggC uniform a color and should be placpcHq.) less visible areas of the building. I tfg= The pour for each panel must be <0 tinuous to prevent cold joints. To prevent uneven distribution of the aggregates ' — near the bottom or top surfaces, the concrete must be vibrated evenly. Stubby vibrators, approximately two inches (50 mm) in diameter and four inches (100 mm) in length should be used. The vibrator should be inserted perpendicular to the top of the panel without touching the reinforcing steel and must not be used to move the concrete. Vibration should continue only to the extent needed to achieve proper consolidation. After lifting, the outside surface must be textured, usually by light sandblasting, to remove all release agents and curing compounds. The interior surface may be painted or textured by sandblasting. All pickup bolt holes or damaged areas should be patched with CHROMIX™ Conpatch™ in the matching color. Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin M-304 CHROMIX Conpatch must be read com­ pletely before using. 16. Vertical Concrete Installation: Prior to the start of construction, a repre­ sentative sample panel should be cast as described in 12. Jobsite Samples. Formwork for architectural concrete must be of the highest quality to obtain smooth, straight, nonyielding surfaces. Unless a form liner has been specified, a resin, high-density overlay or an epoxy or urethane-coated plywood should be used. Alternatively, all plywood plugs (boats) must be filled and the forms coated with a material that is sufficiently heavy to prevent unwanted grain trans­ fer, such as a polyurethane. If the grain pattern is meant to transfer and a natu­ ral wood-grain form is to be used, the forms should be seasoned prior to their first use with a cement slurry containing the specified CHROMIX Admixture so that the same color is achieved with new forms as with forms that have been repeatedly used. For color uniformity, procedures and materials used in pre­ paring the forms must not be varied dur­ ing the job. All forms should be cleaned thoroughly prior to use or reuse. Release agents must be nonstaining. Any leakage causes the water/cement ratio of the cement paste to vary near the leakage points and discoloration of the finished concrete will result. This stain­ ing will not be removed by sandblasting or bush-hammering. All plastic snap-tie cones should be of the nonleaking type. After cleaning, joints in the forms should be sealed with a two-inch wide vinyl or polyester tape. Alternatively, the joints may be sealed with a silicone sealant applied to the edges during assembly. To prevent staining of the finished con­ crete surface, form ties should leave no metal closer to the surface of the concrete than 11/2 inches. The location of tie holes is normally selected so as not to detract from the overall appearance of the struc­ ture, since it is virtually impossible to con­ ceal them completely. All walls should be cast to their full height between engineered horizontal joints. For design reasons, a taper-cut recessed chamfer strip is often placed at the horizontal joint locations. All concrete should be placed carefully so that surface grinding can be avoided and a minimum of patching will be required. When possible, both external and internal vibrators should be used. Over-vibration should be avoided, and internal vibrators must not be used to move the concrete. To produce more uniform color, all forms should be stripped when the concrete is the same age. All vertical surfaces should be sandblasted sufficiently to remove minor form marks and any colored resi­ due resulting from water, cement, and coloring agents migrating (bleeding) toward the forms during concrete place­ ment, vibration, and compaction. After the concrete has been textured, patching, if required, should be performed using CHROMIX Conpatch. Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin M-304 CHROMIX Conpatch must be read completely before using. To protect the finished surfaces from dirt and moisture penetration, a high-quality, clear water repellent should be applied after the walls have been textured, patched, and allowed to cure for a mini­ mum of 28 days. Prior to general applica­ tion, a test section should be applied to the jobsite sample described in 12. Jobsite Samples, following the manufacturer's instructions and safety requirements. 17. Joint Sealing: Scofield manufactures a complete line of joint sealants optimized for specific applications. LITHOSEAL™ Trafficalk-3G™ is color-matched to the CHROMIX Admixture colors and specially formulated for high-performance in pedes­ trian and vehicular traffic areas. LITHO­ SEAL™ Buildingcalk-3G™ is a color- matched, three-component sealant formu­ lated for dynamically moving vertical joints in buildings and structures, and LITHO­ SEAL™ Buildingcalk-1 G™ is an oxygen­ curing, one-component sealant for the same use, packaged in LITHOSEAL™ Easipaks™ for ease of loading. The appropriate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletin S-404-3G LITHOSEAL Trafficalk-3G, S-304-3G LITHOSEAL Buildingcalk-3G, or S-304-1G LITHOSEAL Buildingcalk-1G must be read completely before using. 18. Availability: CHROMIX Admixtures are marketed nationwide and interna­ tionally, through strategically located ready-mix firms, dealers, ancTrepresen- tatives. Scofield should be contacted for its nearest representative. 19. Costs: CHROMIX Admixtures are normally purchased with the concrete from the ready-mix plant. Prices vary with the cement content of the mix, CHROMIX Admixture color, and other factors. Stan­ dard and designer colors are divided into three price groups, with Group 1 colors being the lowest in cost. For standard col­ ors, the group number appears as the first digit in the color number preceding the color name. For designer colors, the group number appears on the CHROMIX Admixtures Color Chart A-312. Prices are subject to change. Custom colors are priced similarly to standard and designer colors. Blues and greens are higher. Scofield should be consulted for the prices of specific cus­ tom colors. 20. Maintenance: Color-conditioned concrete flatwork or floors should be maintained by sweeping. Spills should be cleaned up when they occur. Dirt may be hosed off with water. Heavily soiled areas may be cleaned by wet mopping or scrubbing with a stiff-bristle brush and a properly diluted, high-quality commercial detergent. For larger areas, walk-behind or ride-on scrubbing machines are effi­ cient and cost effective. For concrete flatwork finish-coated with COLORCURE Concrete Sealer or LITHOCHROME Colorwax, a mainte­ nance application may be made after the original coat has weathered or worn from the surface. The appropriate tech-data A-514 LITHOCHROME Colorwax or A-634 COLORCURE Concrete Sealer must be read completely before using. Damaged areas in new or old concrete, color-conditioned with a CHROMIX Admixture, can be patched using CHRO­ MIX Conpatch in the matching color. Tech-Data Bulletin M-304 CHROMIX Conpatch must be read completely before using. 21. Warranty Summary: For the com­ plete warranty statement and important limitations, read the Material Safety Data Sheet and Warranty. Generally, Scofield represents and warrants only that its products are of consistent quality. No other oral or written statement is autho­ rized. Any liability is limited to refund or replacement of defective product. The end user shall determine product’s suit­ ability and assume all risks and liability. Suggested Short Form Specification for Color-Conditioning Concrete Flatwork: All concrete designated as colored in the plans and specifi­ cations shall contain the proper proportion of CHROMIX® Admixture for Color-Conditioned Concrete,________________________color, manufac­ tured by L. M. Scofield Company, (800) 800-9900, Los Angeles, CA, (323) 720-3000 and Atlanta, GA, (770) 920-6000. The color-conditioning admixture shall be a single-component, colored, water-reducing, set-controlling admixture, factory formulated and packaged in cubic yard dosage increments, not multiple additives and pigments added separately into the mix. It shall comply with ASTM C 494. The concrete shall contain _________sacks of cement per cubic yard. No calcium chloride shall be used. The slump shall not exceed four inches. All surfaces shall be finished uniformly. All colored concrete shall be cured (optional: and finished) with LITHOCHROME® Colorwax™ (or cured and finished with COLORCURE® Concrete Sealer) in the matching color and the joints sealed with LITHOSEAL™ Trafficalk-3G™ in the matching color. The concrete shall never be covered with plastic sheeting. All mix design, batching, placing, finishing, curing, joint sealing, and patching shall be in accordance wjth^ the Scofield Tech-Data Bulletins A-304 CHROMIX® Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete, A-514 LITHOCHROME® Oolorwax™ (or COLORCURE® Concrete Sealer), S-404-3G LITHOSEAL™ Trafficalk-3G™, and M-304 CHROMIX™ Conpatch™. 11-59 Do’s & Don’ts CHROMIX® Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete GUIDE G-3D7.OS L. M. SCOFIELD COMPANY MANUFACTURER & MARKETER OF BUILDING SPECIALTIES SINCE 1915 6533 BANDINI BLVD. • LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90040 4155 SCOFIELD ROAD • DOUGLASVILLE, GEORGIA 30134 Offices and warehouses nationwide and internationally. Inquiries: (800) 800-9900 Los Angeles. CA: (323) 720-3000 Fax (323) 720-3030 Atlanta. GA: (770) 920-6000 Fax (770) 920-6060 LM SCOFIELD EUROPE LTD. UK: 44 1226 732222 This guide is meant as a quick reference only. Read the appropriate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletins for additional information and installation instructions. Placing and finishing color-conditioned concrete requires skill and practice. Follow profes­ sional concreting standards and practices, including those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA). 0 CHROMIX® Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete Benefits • Time-tested and proven for over 45 years. • Produces permanent, nonfading, uniform, and streak-free color. • Increases the strength of concrete at all ages, controls the set time, and improves freeze/thaw resistance. • Provides superior workability and improved finishing characteristics. • Dependable product uniformity, batch-to-batch, job-to-job. • Packaged to eliminate weighing and measuring errors, 1 bag/yd3 of concrete is added. • Simple and easy to use, batched in unopened bags directly into the mixer. Types • CHROMIX Admixture — is a Type A normal-set, water-reducing admixture. • CHROMIX Admixture Retarder — is a Type D retarded-set, water-reducing admixture. • CHROMIX Admixtures in three other retarded-set varieties are also available. Inquire. Packaging • All CHROMIX Admixtures are packaged in SCOFIELD™ Tossin™ disintegrating bags for the specific mix design and are sold by the bag, not by the pound. • Standard and designer colors of CHROMIX Admixture are available from stock in the proper dosage for either 5 sacks or 6 sacks of cement/yd3 of concrete. Custom colors are available with minimum orders. • On special order with no handling cost or minimum amount, any type of CHROMIX Admixture can be packaged for a cubic yard or cubic meter of concrete having any specified cement content. • CHROMIX Admixture Retarder, other retarded-set CHROMIX Admixtures, and CHROMIX Admixtures in custom colors are not stocked but are available with minimum orders. Mix Design for CHROMIX® Color-Conditioned Concrete Before designing the mix, read the Scofield Tech-Data Bulletin A-304 CHROMIX® Admixtures for Color-Condi­ tioned Concrete. Do’s .. •Don’ts Mix Design • Use a minimum of 5 sacks of cement/yd (275 kg/m3) of concrete for flatwork and a mini­ mum of 6 sacks of cement/yd3 (335 kg/m3) for vertical concrete. • Use a slump of 4 in (100 mm) or less. • Consider use of a retarded-set CHROMIX Ad­ mixture for vertical concrete and for flatwork dur­ ing hot weather. • Use an air-entraining admixture in all concrete flatwork subject to freeze/thaw cycles or when re­ quired by the engineer for workability or durability. • Don’t use reactive aggregates. • Don’t use calcium chloride or any admixture containing calcium chloride. • Don’t use cement substitutes (such as flyash or slag), additional water-reducing admixtures, wa­ terproofing admixtures, or superplasticizers un­ less Scofield is first consulted for suggestions. • Don’t use a different dosage rate from that spec­ ified by Scofield for the CHROMIX Admixture odor chosen. Si c „ 11-60 CHROMIX. COLORCURE. LITHOCHROME. LITHOSEAL. SCOFIELD. S. Buildingcalk-1G. Buildingca.k-3G, Colorwax. Concaich. Toss.n, Trafficalk-3G. and Wa:ercalk-3G are trademarks of L. M. Scofield Company. CllT «tW , ty 1999 ■served 3 0 I a o 0 0 - ?;■ ; Batchfng CHROMIX® Color-Conditioned Concrete Read Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin A-304 CHROMIX Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete before batching color-conditioned concrete. - ' J' ?' -Do’s " *,■ Don’ts TTtTU. Batching • Maintain good concrete mix control to ensure batch-to-batch uniformity. • Use ready-mix trucks that are in good condition. • Thoroughly clean and wet the drum prior to batching color-conditioned concrete. • • Add approximately 40 gal (150 L) of the mix wa­ ter and, preferably, a portion of the aggregates before adding the CHROMIX Admixture. • Add one unopened Tossin bag of the CHROMIX Admixture, correctly packaged for the mix design, for each cubic yard of concrete. Then add the re­ maining ingredients. • Mix the load at mixing speed for a minimum of 130 revolutions before depositing. • For slurry mixes, open the Tossin bag and batch the CHROMIX Admixture directly to the mix. • Don’t batch color-conditioned concrete contain­ ing reactive aggregates. • Don’t change brand and/or type of cement or source of sand for mixes of the same color on the same job. • Don’t add CHROMIX Admixture to an empty drum or at the tail end of a load. • Don’t batch less than 3 yd3 of color-conditioned concrete in a ready-mix truck for small jobs or for sample and cleanup loads. • Don’t batch in other than full yard increments. • Don’t allow the slump to exceed 5 in (125 mm) for any one load. • Don’t pump concrete without first priming the pump with an identically colored slurry mix. Installing CHROMIX® Color-Conditioned Flatwork and Floors ■■■ ■ ■ . . f 3 Read Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletins A-304 CHROMIX Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete, A-514 LITHO­ CHROME® Colorwax™ or A-634 COLORCURE® Concrete Sealer before installing color-conditioned concrete flat­ work. Before sealing joints in color-conditioned flatwork read Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletins S-404-3G LITHOSEAL™ Trafficalk-3G™ or S-204-3G LITHOSEAL™ Watercalk-3G™. For larger or critical jobs, produce a representative jobsite sample for approval at least one month prior to concreting as described in Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin A-304 CHROMIX® Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete. Do’s Don’ts Subgrade • Place concrete on a well-drained, damp sub­ grade that has adequate and uniform load-bear­ ing characteristics. • Grade the subgrade so that the concrete is of uni­ form thickness and properly sloped for drainage. • Don’t place concrete on a subgrade that is not thoroughly compacted and dampened. • Don’t place concrete over freestanding water or muddy, frozen, or soft spots. Concrete Installation • Protect surrounding areas, landscaping, and adjacent surfaces. • Consolidate well and spade the concrete adja­ cent to the forms. • Vibrate or tamp and screed the concrete, then float it to the specified finished grade, flatness, and levelness. • Don’t allow the slump to vary from load to load. Control the mix for good uniformity. • Don’t add held-back water without mixing at mix­ ing speed a minimum of 30 revolutions before de­ positing concrete. • Don’t add water after a portion of the load has been discharged, or retemper concrete that has started to set. Finishing • Texture all surfaces adequately and uniformly for slip resistance. • For most exterior installations, apply a broom, ro­ tary, swirl, sponge-float, sandblasted, or exposed- aggregate finish. • Finish all surfaces within reasonably the same time after placing. • Finish the edges first and do all final hand-fin­ ishing in the same direction. • Don’t sprinkle or otherwise add water to the sur­ face during finishing. • Don’t use long-handled fresnos. • Don’t use inconsistent finishing practices. • Don’t over-trowel (burn or burnish) the surface. • Don’t trowel flat interior floors without taking uniformly troweled so that it will nc A slip-resistant, flat-troweled finish t toII A R ffl 11-61 v Fi 0 I 0 p p 0 0 3 I 3 I 0 I 0 I ^VlnstallintfCHROM iX^LCoforrCpncirtioheci Hatwork'arici Woor^cor^nued):^ Curing • Use LITHOCHROME Colorwax in the matching color to cure exterior color-conditioned flatwork that and will be allowed to weather naturally or that will only receive occasional maintenance and recoating. Finish An optional thin finish coat may be applied if desired. Coating • Use COLORCURE Concrete Sealer in the matching color to cure all interior color-conditioned floors and exterior flatwork that will receive regular maintenance and recoating. One thin finish coat is required. • Apply the cure or finish coat by airless sprayer at the rate of 300-400 ft2/gal (7-10 m2/L) when the concrete is hard enough to walk on gently without marring, surface moisture has evaporated, and no condensation can occur. • Protect the coated surfaces from damage by other trades and traffic. Thoroughly inspect all flatwork to verify and approve installation, safety, and wet and dry slip resistance prior to opening the area to traffic. Joint • Seal all joints in areas subject to pedestrian or vehicular traffic with LITHOSEAL Trafficalk-3G in the Sealing matching color. Seal all joints in areas subject to frequent or continuous immersion in water with LITHOSEAL Watercalk-3G. Installing Vertical CHROMIX® Color-Conditioned Concrete Read Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletins A-304 CHROMIX Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete and M-304 CHROMIX™ Conpatch™ before installing cast-in-place or tilt-up concrete. Read Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletins S-304-3G LITHOSEAL™ Buildingcalk-3G™ or S-304-1G LITHOSEAL™ Building- calk-1G™ before sealing joints in vertical concrete. Produce a representative jobsite sample for approval at least one month prior to concreting as described in Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin A~304 CHROMIX Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete. .. DO’S - I'-.-:;: ;A/ ’ '■ '■ ■ Don’ts’ Placing • Protect surrounding areas and landscaping from damage and staining. • Keep the slump consistent from load to load. • Don’t add water after a portion of the load has been discharged. • Don’t retemper concrete that has started to set. Cast- In- Place Concrete • Unless a form liner has been specified, use a resin-coated high-density-overlay, epoxy-coated, or urethane-coated plywood. • Use nonleaking snap-tie cones, and clean, then tape or seal all joints to prevent leakage. • Cast all walls in a continuous pour to their full height between engineered horizontal joints. • When possible, use both external and internal vibrators. • Strip all forms when the concrete is the same age. • Sandblast all surfaces at least sufficiently to re­ move marks and colored residue. • Don’t change procedures or materials when preparing the forms. • Don’t use or reuse forms without cleaning them. • Don’t use a release agent that discolors or stains the concrete. • Don’t use form ties or chairs that leave metal closer than 1’/2 in (40 mm) from the surface. • Don’t place concrete in more than 2-ft (0.6 m) lifts without vibrating. • Don’t permit internal vibrators to touch the forms or use them to move the concrete. • Don’t over-vibrate the concrete after placing. Tilt-Up Concrete • Use a casting slab of adequate strength to sup­ port the panels and the crane. • Trowel the casting surface so that it is level, flat, and even. • Coat the casting surface with a nonstaining, sur­ face-sealing release agent. • Vibrate the concrete evenly, using stubby vibra­ tors approximately 4 in (100 mm) in length. • After lifting, sandblast the outside surfaces to re­ move release agents and curing compounds. • Don’t cast over joints in the casting slab, when possible; otherwise, use zip-strips or tape the joints. • Don’t use a release agent that allows the pas­ sage of moisture into the casting surface. • Don’t over-vibrate or allow the vibrator to touch the reinforcing steel. • Don’t allow cold joints to .Torm-.-Rour each- panel continuously. OL » \x^lnstallingVertical:CHROMIX® Color-Conditioned Concrete (continued) • ; Joint • Seal all joints with LITHOSEAL Buildingcalk-3G in the matching or blending color or with Sealing LITHOSEAL Buildingcalk-1 G in a standard color. CAUTION Add bag unopened to minimize dust. Use with adequate ventilation. Should dusty conditions develop, a dust mask (NIOSH/MSHA TC 21C approved) is recommended. Before using or handling, read the Material Safety Data Sheet and Warranty. First Aid: Eyes—DO NOT RUB EYES. Immediately flush thoroughly with plenty of water. Skin—Wash thoroughly with soap and water. Inhalation—Move to fresh air. If symptoms persist or develop, or if ingested, get medical attention. Wash thoroughly immediately after handling. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN. 11-63 Printed on recycled pacer i; a cn fll LUI a Ol LITHOTEX. PAVECRAFTERS-. TECH-DATA BULLETIN T-4O4.O2 L. M. SCOFIELD COMPANY MANUFACTURER & MARKETER OF BUILDING SPECIALTIES SINCE 1915 6533 BANDINI BLVD. • LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90040 4155 SCORELD ROAD • DOUGLASVILLE, GEORGIA 30134 Offices and warehouses nationwide and internationally. Inquiries: (800) 800-9900 Los Angeles. CA: (323) 720-3000 Fax (323) 720-3030 Atlanta, GA: (770) 920-6000 Fax (770) 920-6060 LM SCORELD EUROPE LTD, UK: 44 1226 732222 A system of mat-type imprinting tools for texturing freshly placed architectural concrete hardscapes and floors. 0 0 0 0 3 0 I 0 0- Chemstain. Pavecrafters, Texturetop. and Trafficalk-3G are trademarks of L. M. Scofield Company. When imprinting with LITHOTEX Pavecrafters, LITHOCHROME® Color Hardener should be used to color- harden the concrete surface. Its rich fin­ ishing paste allows the production of sharp, clear, wear-resistant textures, and creates permanent, dense and easy-to-maintain imprinted surfaces with superior durability, freeze/thaw resistance, and color intensity. EMERCHROME® Floor Hardener is preferentially recommended for imprinted concrete when a heavier- duty, more slip-resistant surface is required in heavy traffic areas. Addi­ tional information on color-hardening flatwork is available in the Scofield Tech-Data Bulletins A-104 LITHO­ CHROME Color Hardener and A-204 EMERCHROME Floor Hardener. LITHOCHROME® Antiquing Release is broadcast over the color-hardened surface before imprinting with LITHO­ TEX Pavecrafters. It forms a bond­ breaking barrier that helps prevent the tools from sticking to the fresh con­ crete and marring its fragile surface. During the process, a portion of the colored antiquing release becomes embedded in the surface where it is trapped by the hardening concrete. When the surface is subsequently washed and sealed, an attractive, var­ iegated, mottled, and antiqued appear­ ance is obtained with colors ranging from that of the underlying concrete to that of the antiquing release, with mix­ tures of the two the most likely. Addi­ tional information about antiquing imprinted concrete is available in Sco­ field’s Tech-Data Bulletin A-854 LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release. To protect and preserve the surface appearance, imprinted concrete should be initially and periodically sealed. Mul­ ticolored surfaces should be sealed with CEMENTONE® Clear Sealer. When a more monochromatic effect is specified, surfaces should be sealed with COLORCURE® Concrete Sealer in a color matching that of the underlying concrete. Both sealers produce an attractive, low-maintenance, semigloss film that is resistant to abrasion, surface staining, and many chemicals. Addi­ tional information about sealing imprinted-concrete surfaces is available in the appropriate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletin A-764 CEMENTONE Clear 11-64 I0CHR0ME. LITHOSEAL. LITHOTEX. SCOFIELD. S Sealer or A-634 COLORCURE Con­ crete Sealer. SCOFIELD™ Texturetop™ is a col­ ored cementitious topping designed for resurfacing and texturing nonmoving concrete floors or hardscapes. It effec­ tively performs at depths from one-fourth inch (1/4 in or 6 mm) to one inch (1 in or 25 mm), and can be imprinted with LITHOTEX Pavecrafters. Additional infor­ mation about imprinting concrete over­ lays is available in the Scofield Tech-Data Bulletin C-704 SCOFIELD Texturetop. 1. Description and Uses: LITHOTEX® Pavecrafters™ are a system of pat- tern-matched tools used to texture the surface of freshly placed architectural concrete flatwork. Combining the struc­ tural strength and wear resistance of concrete with the look of other paving materials, they create natural-appear­ ing, low-maintenance, textured sur­ faces in a wide variety of imprinted patterns. Pavecrafters surfaces manip­ ulate light and shadow to create pedes­ trian and vehicular traffic areas that are attractive and unique. A remarkable collection of premium appearances is possible — from the warm ambience of brick to the old-world charm of cobblestones — from the look of flagstone pavers to that of weathered wood—from the rough texture of quarried stone to one-of-a-kind designs in hand-split slate. Virtually any texture or pat­ tern, whether designed by nature or imagined by man, can be accurately duplicated by the use of LITHO­ TEX Pavecrafters. LITHOTEX Pavecrafters represent the most advanced technology avail­ able. Based on Scofield’s decades of experience in form liner design and production, they provide the highest quality combined with the greatest ease-of-use. LITHOTEX Pavecrafters are reinforced to provide a more rigid working surface, which transfers weight evenly to the plastic concrete producing well-defined, uniform textures. Unlike softer mat tools, their use reduces or prevents the irregular indentations (bird­ baths) and texture-depth variations that frequently occur when tools are walked on during the imprinting process. Supe­ rior results are more easily achieved even with the most intricate layouts and difficult designs. When compared to metal and plastic stamping tools or rollers, LITHOTEX Pavecrafters provide greater control of pattern depth and produce a more uni­ form texture over the entire surface of the installation. They also provide a longer work life than plastic tools, allow­ ing more efficient use of labor and bet­ ter precision in pattern placement. CEMENTONE. CHROMIX, COLORCURE. EMERCHROME. LITHOCHROME® Chemstain™ is used to create uneven, variegated color effects on imprinted hardscapes and floors, much like a timeworn patina or the shadings of natural stone. Unique, one-of-a-kind effects may be obtained by applying LITHOCHROME Chem­ stain over antiqued, imprinted concrete. Additional information about chemically staining concrete is available in Sco­ field’s Tech-Data Bulletin A-414 LITHO­ CHROME Chemstain. Joints should be sealed with LITHO­ SEAL™ Trafficalk-3G™ in a matching or blending color to provide harmonious transitions at joint lines and allow the beauty of the design to dominate. Addi­ tional information is available in Sco­ field’s Tech-Data Bulletin S-404-3G LITHOSEAL Trafficalk-3G. Before using, check with your Scofield Customer Service Representative to ensure that you have the most recent Scofield Tech-Data Bulletins. L. M. bU U r i L L U u u i v i r n n i 2. Limitations: For best results LITHO­ TEX Pavecrafters should be used to texture plastic concrete color-hardened with LITHOCHROME Color Hardener or EMERCHROME Floor Hardener. Ej a Producing imprinted architectural con­ crete requires skill and practice. Choice of imprinting pattern, layout and joint placement, concrete mix design and installation, experience in use of the materials, choice and color of coloring agent(s), color-hardener coverage and application procedures, weather, imprinting texture and techniques, choice and color of bond-breaking materials, use of chemical stains and color combinations, curing, antiqu­ ing-release removal techniques, sealing materials, and other factors will each rT&ance and ep concrete.-Pl Scofifeld Company 1999 | All rights reserved A texture should be chosen that will provide adequate slip resistance for the area’s intended use. Layouts should be carefully planned and thoroughly checked. Representative jobsite sam­ ples must be produced and approved prior to concrete installation. Variations in color and texture should be expected and are normally desired, since they increase the natural appear­ ance of the surface. Use of a bond breaking agent is required so that tools will not stick to the surface of the plastic concrete, tearing it when the Pavecrafters tool is lifted. LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release is recommended. Some solvent-based liquid release agents-may cause mat-type imprinting tools to deteriorate over time. LITHOTEX Pavecrafters are designed for imprinting plastic architectural con­ crete flatwork and, though they may be used on the surface of freshly stripped and plastered vertical concrete, such as risers, they are not intended for extended use on vertical surfaces. For a longer work life, LITHOTEX Pavecrafters should be used on con­ crete that is in the proper stage of plas­ ticity and after each use, should be cleaned and stored as described in 22. Tool Maintenance and 9. Storage and Work Life. 3. Composition and Materials: LITHOTEX Pavecrafters are manufac­ tured from premium-quality polyure­ thane materials. Composition depends on tool type. Some types are reinforced with a rigid material for greater control of imprinting depth. Others are formulated to be easily manipulated and are extremely pliable for increased flexibility. 4. Applicable Standards: Professional concreting practices and standards, including those published by the Ameri­ can Concrete Institute (ACI), the Port­ land Cement Association (PCA), and the National Ready-Mixed Concrete Associ­ ation (NRMCA) should be followed. 5. Types: LITHOTEX Pavecrafters are a system of reinforced and unreinforced mat-type tools designed for ease of use and the highest productivity. There are six types of LITHOTEX Pavecrafters. Together they comprise a complete set of texture-matched tools, allowing design placement under a variety of job conditions. Irregularly shaped Pave­ crafters tools are designed with mark­ ings on the top of the tool to aid in pattern alignment. Platform tools are used to produce the main pattern. A single tool may produce the entire pattern or several tools may be required, each forming a section of the pattern. Depending on the design, platform tools may be used to form repeat patterns or rotated or staggered to create one-of-a-kind sur­ faces. Platform tools are reinforced to provide a more rigid working surface, are equipped with handles for ease of placing, and normally include grout or joint lines. Border tools are used to form bor­ ders around, or bands through, the design and may complement or con­ trast with the texture and pattern of the platform tool. They are reinforced, equipped with handles, and normally include grout or joint lines. Floppy tools are used to complete sections of a design in areas where a more pliable tool is required. They are unreinforced, extremely flexible, and are matched in texture, pattern, and size to the Pavecrafters platform and border tools. Filler tools are used to fill in small sections of the design, such as a sin­ gle masonry unit or a corner. They nor­ mally include grout or joint lines and are matched to the texture and pattern of the Pavecrafters platform and bor­ der tools. Texturing tools are designed for applying surface texture only, without grout or joint lines. They are primarily used in hard-to-reach areas, for touch­ ing up damaged surface sections, and to texture adjacent vertical surfaces such as risers and retaining or planter walls. Matching the texture of the Pave­ crafters platform and border tools, they are unreinforced and very flexible with a maximum size of one square foot (12 in x 12 in or 305 mm x 305 mm). Embossing skins are used to texture large areas of random or irregular pat­ terns by applying surface texture only, without grout or joint lines which are cut by hand as desired. They are thin, flexi­ ble mats available in three irregularly shaped sizes with approximate dimen­ sions of small, 3 square feet (0.3 m2), medium, 9 square feet (0.8 m2), and large, 25 square feet (2.3 m2). 6. Textures and Patterns: LITHOTEX Pavecrafters are available in a wide variety of textures and patterns, a few of which are shown on Scofield’s Tex­ ture Chart T-402 LITHOTEX Pavecraft­ ers Selected Patterns. Scofield adds textures and patterns frequently and only a small selection of the currently more-popular textures are shown on the chart. For each individual pattern, a pattern detail sheet is available which shows Page 2 of 5 11-65 platform and border tools with dimen­ sions, the completed pattern, and infor­ mation about companion tools and products. Please contact Scofield for available patterns and to request spe­ cific pattern detail sheets. 7. Sizes: The length and width of indi­ vidual Pavecrafters tools varies depending on the type of tool and the pattern. Tool dimensions are shown on the Scofield Pattern Detail Sheet for each pattern and are given on the LITHOTEX Pavecrafters Price List. Ap­ proximate dimensions for texturing tools and embossing skins are given in Sec­ tion 5. Types. Reinforced platform and border tools are approximately three-fourths inch (34 in or 19 mm) thick. Floppy and filler tools are approximately three-eights inch (3/a in or 10 mm) thick. The highly flexible texturing tools are approxi­ mately one-fourth inch (1/4 in or 6 mm) thick, and the larger embossing skins vary in thickness from featheredge to one-half inch (1/2 in or 13 mm). 8. Custom Tools: Pavecrafters tools in custom textures, patterns, and sizes can be manufactured to meet individual design requirements. Custom tools can be created from samples, or from draw­ ings showing accurate dimensions, ele­ vations, and cross sections. Custom tools require the creation of a new mas­ ter and a charge for designing the mas­ ter will be incurred. Scofield should be consulted about the manufacture of specific custom tools. When an unreinforced tool is preferred, platform and border tools duplicating the texture and pattern of any reinforced Pavecrafters tool can be manufactured with sufficient prior notification. 9. Storage and Work Life: LITHOTEX Pavecrafters are factory-packed so that they remain flat during transportation. To prevent deformation during storage and between uses, Pavecrafters tools should be stored flat, textured face up, with no objects resting on top. Storage should be under roof in a cool, clean area out of direct sunlight (UV) and away from excessive heat. All surfaces should be kept clean and covered. Cov­ ering with opaque plastic sheeting or tarpaulins is recommended. Work life depends on the amount of use, care taken of the tool during use, tool main­ tenance, and storage conditions. ials, 10. Jobsite Samples: Producing imprinted architectural concrete requires skill and practice. Jobsite sam­ ples al ow--selected colors,-mate WICIM1C0B 0 r 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0~ 0 tools, and construction techniques to be evaluated and adjusted or changed when needed. Jobsite samples are especially important when the imprinted surface is antiqued or is to be chemi­ cally stained later. At least one month prior to concrete placement, a sample slab, and if included in the design, vertical surfaces such as risers and retaining walls, should be produced and approved for each pat­ tern and layout specified. Samples should be of representative size, a mini­ mum of 100 square feet (10 m2), so that the color combinations, pattern layout, installation techniques, and timing can be confirmed and approved. All proce­ dures should be performed by the same workers that will produce the project imprinted concrete, using the same tech­ niques, materials, Pavecrafters tools, and other required tools or equipment. For safety reasons, the entire surface of the jobsite sample should be inspected to verify and approve the ade­ quacy of wet and dry slip resistance. 11. Layout Considerations: Since the size of each Pavecrafters tool will vary depending on the texture and pattern, the layout should be determined in advance for each area to be imprinted. Area dimensions and tool placement should be planned to produce an optimum appearance from the specified pattern. Imprinted-concrete areas should be designed so that their dimensions are in multiples of those of the imprinting tools plus approximately one-sixteenth inch (’/16 in or 2 mm) per tool to allow for movement during imprinting. Since variations occur in straightness, pattern placement should not directly follow walls, but start at the form lines. Imprinting installations normally follow straight lines, even when the substrate concrete does not, as often happens when imprinting curved walks and drives. When possible, place patterns to avoid looking down long grout or joint lines, making minor straight-line place­ ment errors more noticeable. The best appearance will be obtained if long grout or joint lines are at an angle to the primary line-of-sight. Elements that break or interfere with the pattern such as columns, walls, steps, planters, and drains should be considered and their placement or the pattern place­ ment planned so that natural stopping points are formed. When possible, con­ struction joints should be placed so that they are masked in the pattern, usually along pattern grout lines or boundaries. Predetermined measuring points should be included in the plans or draw­ ings for use in the initial alignment of the pattern and to check alignment accu­ racy as imprinting proceeds. 12. Equipment and Materials: When using equipment and materials during preparation and installation, suitable protective gear should be worn and government regulations, manufac­ turer’s instructions, and all applicable safety requirements should be followed. Imprinted surfaces are installed on plastic concrete, normally over LITHO­ CHROME Color Hardener though con­ crete color-conditioned with a CHROMIX® Admixture may also be imprinted. LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release is normally used as the bond-breaker with a color that imparts a multicolored, antiqued appearance usu­ ally chosen. To protect and preserve the surface, imprinted concrete should receive an initial application and peri­ odic maintenance applications of CEMENTONE Clear Sealer or COLOR­ CURE Concrete Sealer. Depending on the pattern and layout, hand tools such as chisels for hand-placing joint and grout lines or brick-mason jointers for dressing joints may be required. All equipment and materials considered for use should be tested for suitability and appearance as described in 10. Jobsite Samples. The concrete coloring material should be LITHOCHROME Color Hard­ ener or EMERCHROME Floor Hard­ ener. Both are dry-shake colored hardeners and produce the best results for imprinted concrete. Concrete con­ taining CHROMIX Admixture for Color-Conditioned Concrete can also be imprinted. The equipment and mate­ rials used during color hardener instal­ lation are described in Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin A-104 LITHO­ CHROME Color Hardener or A-204 EMERCHROME Floor Hardener and for integral color installations in A-204 CHROMIX Admixtures for Color-Condi­ tioned Concrete. The appropriate tech-data bulletin must be read com­ pletely before using. The bond-breaker, LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release, prevents the imprinting tools from sticking to the con­ crete surface. For an antiqued effect, a different color than that of the colored surface should be chosen. If a more monochromatic color effect is desired, a color matching that of the colored sur­ face should be used. Equipment and materials used during LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release application and removal are described in Scofield's Tech-Data Bulletin A-854 LITHO­ CHROME Antiquing Release, which must be read completely before using. Page 3 of 5 11-66 Solvent-based liquid release agents will cause mat-type imprinting tools to deteriorate over time, and their use is not recommended. Tampers should be of professional quality, long-handled, and with a square, flat base made of steel, wood, or rubber. The base should be large enough to spread the force evenly over the back of the Pavecrafters tool without causing damage, a minimum of approximately 8-10 inches square (20-25 cm square). Hand tools should be of high-grade steel, of professional quality and of a suitable size for their intended use. The concrete sealer should be cho­ sen depending on the effect desired. Multicolored surfaces should be sealed with CEMENTONE Clear Sealer. When a more opaque, coated, monochro­ matic appearance is desired, surfaces should be sealed with COLORCURE Concrete Sealer in a color matching that of the underlying concrete. 13. Preparation: Prior to placing con­ crete, representative jobsite samples should be produced as described in 10. Jobsite Samples. Surrounding areas and adjacent surfaces should be protected, work areas roped off and appropriate sections closed to traffic. For exterior hardscapes, landscaping should be protected, parked vehicles removed, and doors and windows closed in nearby buildings to prevent colored dust from entering. For inte­ rior floors, walls should be protected and adjacent areas sealed off to pre­ vent colored dust or construction con­ taminants from entering other sections of the building. Weather conditions should be con­ sidered when planning installations. Professional practices as described in ACI standards 305R Hot Weather Concreting and 306R Cold Weather Concreting should be followed. Since the powdered antiquing release is very finely ground, and wind condi­ tions will severely affect its applica­ tion, for best results installation should be on a still day, when possible. When imprinted concrete must be installed in hot windy weather, wind breaks should be considered. Climatic conditions, experience in im­ printed-concrete installation, and other factors will affect the number of imprint­ ers required. Sufficient personnel should be scheduled. Smaller pours should be considered to allow adequate time for the imprinting procedure. Reference points should be estab­ lished and guidelines placed to serve as reference for pattern placement and to check alignment as installation proceeds. Walls are normally not used for aligning patterns. The pattern nor­ malcy is started at the form line and is filled in at the wall by hand tooling with Pavecrafters filler tools or texturing tools. For most layouts, the corners of the forms must form exact right angles so that the pattern will not drift out-of-line as imprinting proceeds. When adequate tools are available, installation becomes easier, faster, and more precise. Since imprinting normally proceeds in rows, a sufficient number of tools should be available to complete one row and begin placement of the next row before removing tools for reuse. Usually enough tools to form a row across the width of the installation plus two extra are supplied. This allows sufficient tools to finish a row and begin another, with one available as a replacement tool in case a tool is damaged during use. Before the concrete is ordered, plac­ ing a trial layout over compacted, moist sand is recommended to reduce error. The position of each Pavecrafters tool should be marked by guidelines or by grease pencil on the forms for reference during imprinting. Pavecrafters tools should be precondi­ tioned prior to use by coating them thor­ oughly with LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release in the color specified. Excess antiquing release should be removed by shaking the tool gently or lightly brush­ ing with a soft-bristle brush. Equipment and materials as described in 12. Equipment and Materials should be placed adjacent to the area to be imprinted. Sufficient bags of LITHO­ CHROME Color Hardener and pails of LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release should be opened and positioned around the perimeter as needed. 14. Concrete Substrate and Color Hardener Application: A crusher-run or sand base is recommended under slabs on ground to facilitate drainage. The use of vapor barriers should be avoided when possible. Since they do not allow excess water to escape through the subgrade, their use may delay the start of imprinting. For best results, concrete on ground should be a minimum of four inches (100 mm) in thickness and concrete toppings should be a minimum of two inches (50 mm). The concrete should contain a minimum of 51/2 sacks (517 lb) of cement per cubic yard (300 kg/m3) of concrete. The water con­ tent should be the minimum practicable, and the slump should not exceed four inches (100 mm). Use of a retarded-set, water-reducing admixture should be considered to lengthen work time. The subgrade should be prepared, the concrete designed and placed, and LITHOCHROME Color Hardener or EMERCHROME Floor Hardener applied as described in Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletins A-104 LITHO- CHROME Color Hardener or A-204 EMERCHROME Floor Hardener. The appropriate tech-data bulletin must be read completely before using. 15. Imprinting: Construction tech­ niques, materials, and timing to produce the desired effect should be determined from the jobsite sample as described in 10. Jobsite Samples. Equipment and materials as described in 12. Equipment and Materials should be available, guidelines should be set, and Pavecraft­ ers tools should be preconditioned as described in 13. Preparation. Dust masks, safety goggles, and gloves are recommended. immediately prior to imprinting, the concrete should be installed and the color hardener applied as described in 14. Concrete Substrate and Color Hardener Application. Timing is critical since imprinting must be completed before the concrete hardens. The con­ crete must be plastic enough so that a sharp imprint can be produced but hardened enough to retain it. As a guide to determining when concrete is at the correct state of hardening, a finger pushed into the surface should leave a slight indentation. If the indentation keeps its shape, it is an indication that the concrete is at the proper stage to be imprinted and imprinting should start and proceed without delay. Imprinting installation is normally done in rows across the width of the area to be imprinted. Immediately prior to placing Pavecrafters platform tools, border tools, or embossing skins, a layer of LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release should be applied over the section of color-hardened surface that will be covered by the first row of tools. The antiquing release should be hand-broadcast evenly across the sur­ face as described in Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin A-854 LITHO­ CHROME Antiquing Release, which must be read completely before using. To prevent adhesion during imprinting, a complete and adequate layer of antiq­ uing release should exist between the concrete and the Pavecrafters tool. Suf­ ficient material should be applied so that the sheen disappears from the surface of the concrete, but since texture detail may be diminished, the application of an excessive amount should be avoided. When using platform or border tools predetermined guidelines and Page 4 of 5 reference marks on the forms must be followed. The first row of platform or border tools should be carefully posi­ tioned over the antiquing release. Each successive platform or border tool should be placed tightly against the preceding tool, matching the alignment marks on the top of the tool and main­ taining a straight pattern. After the first' row is positioned, the concrete should be imprinted by applying pressure to the top of the tool. When the concrete is at optimum hardening for imprinting, a moderate amount of force is needed to form the imprint. Stepping from one tool to the other should be sufficient to set the tools to the desired depth. LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release should be broadcast along the length of the next row. The first tool in the row should be set before lifting a tool in the preceding row. Tools should be lifted in the same order as they were placed, aligning them in the following row with the two previously placed, adjacent tools. Preplaced guidelines and align­ ment marks on the top of the Pavecraft­ ers tools should be used to maintain straight pattern rows. Imprinting should continue in the same manner for follow­ ing rows. As the concrete hardens, greater force will be needed to achieve a uniform impression depth and tampers may be required. Pavecrafters floppy and filler tools should be used to finish rows and fill in sections of the design where it is not convenient or possible to use platform or border tools. When using embossing skins, timing is critical since the skins are not rigid or reinforced. When the concrete is firm enough to support the weight of the applicator without low areas or bird­ baths forming, apply LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release and place the first embossing skin as close to where the concrete was initially deposited as pos­ sible. The location may vary depending on temperature and jobsite conditions. Place the next skin so that it overlaps the outer edge of the first skin. Continue to place skins in this manner overlap­ ping the edges of the preceding skins. When all embossing skins are placed, pull back the edge of the second skin and remove the edge of the first skin, placing it on top. This reduces the pos­ sibility of marring the freshly imprinted area. Walk to the opposite edge of the first skin and lift it. Before the entire skin is moved, determine that the proper imprint has been made. If areas are deficient, replace the skin, taking care that it remains in the same position, and press or use a tamper along the top to 11-67 repair the design. Continue in the same manner, using the lifted embossing skins for other areas of the design. Regardless of which LITHOTEX Pave- crafter tools are used, the surface should be periodically inspected for damaged areas or areas where the imprinting depth requires correcting. Border tools, platform tools, or embossing skins may be carefully replaced and the impression deep­ ened by tamping, or floppy and filler tools may be used. Areas where the texture is torn or damaged should be repaired by use of Pavecrafters textur­ ing tools or embossing skins. Hand chisels should be used, where needed, to deepen or create joint lines. Vertical surfaces adjacent to imprinted flatwork, such as risers and curbs, can be imprinted, but the procedure should not be attempted without practice on jobsite samples. The forms should be stripped as soon as the concrete is self-supporting. LITHOCHROME Color Hardener or EMERCHROME Floor Hardener, mixed with water to a plaster consistency, should be troweled onto the vertical surface as described in the appropriate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletin A-104 LITHOCHROME Color Hardener or A-204 EMERCHROME Floor Hard­ ener, which must be read completely before using. The plastered area can then be imprinted, normally by use of a Pavecrafters floppy tool or texturing tool. To prevent marring the texture of the pattern, tools should be periodically inspected and hardened concrete residue removed as described in 22. Tool Maintenance. After imprinting, the surface should be cured with new and unwrinkled, non­ staining, high-quality, curing paper until it has gained sufficient strength not to be damaged, a minimum of 7-10 days. Imprinted concrete surfaces should be protected from damage by other trades until the end of construction. 16. Antiquing Release Removal: To reduce tracking and staining of other areas, excess antiquing release may be removed by brooming or vacuuming the imprinted-concrete surface after it is hard enough to walk on without marring. After the imprinted concrete has been installed for a minimum of 7-10 days, the remaining unembedded antiquing release should be removed by a high-pressure, detergent wash, fol­ lowed by a thorough rinsing. An ade­ quate area should be tested prior to washing and rinsing the entire surface to insure that the concrete is strong enough to resist damage and scaling. Sufficient antiquing release should be removed to obtain the desired effect. If the imprinted concrete is to be later chemically stained with LITHO­ CHROME Chemstain, thorough removal of the antiquing release is nec­ essary to allow the Chemstain solution to successfully react with the surface. Care should be taken so that adjacent surfaces are not stained, and runoff should be controlled in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. 17. Sealing: As soon as possible after the antiquing release has been removed and after the moisture content of the concrete is low enough so that alkali and other salts do not become trapped beneath the sealer, normally a minimum of 14-28 days after place­ ment, two coats of CEMENTONE Clear Sealer or COLORCURE Concrete Sealer should be applied evenly by air­ less sprayer as described in Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin A-764 CEMEN­ TONE Clear Sealer or A-634 COLOR­ CURE Concrete Sealer. The appropriate tech-data bulletin must be read com­ pletely before using. Care should be taken in preparing the surface before application of the sealer as the antiquing release may affect the adhesion between the sealer and the color-hardened surface, particularly if the nonembedded material is not ade­ quately removed. All surfaces should be thoroughly inspected to verify and approve installa­ tion and safety prior to opening the area to traffic. 18. Joint Sealing: All joints should be sealed with LITHOSEAL Trafficalk-3G, a premium-quality joint sealant for areas subject to pedestrian and vehicu­ lar traffic. LITHOSEAL Trafficalk-3G is available in all standard, designer, or custom colors of LITHOCHROME Color Hardener and CHROMIX Admix­ ture. Selecting a matching color mini­ mizes eye-stopping transitions at the joint lines, or a contrasting color may be preferred to define or emphasize selected design elements. Additional information about sealing joints in imprinted flatwork is available in Sco­ field’s Tech-Data Bulletin S-404-3G LITHOSEAL Trafficalk-3G. 19. Availability: LITHOTEX Pavecraft­ ers are marketed directly to the user from Scofield’s Atlanta and Los Ange­ les warehouses. All textures and pat­ terns are not stocked. Tools not in stock will be produced within a mini­ mum of approximately 14 days after order placement. 20. Costs: The cost of Pavecrafters tools depends on the texture, pattern, size, and type of tool. Prices of stocked tools are listed on the LITHOTEX Pave­ crafters Price List. The cost for custom unreinforced plat­ form and border tools is the same as for reinforced tools. For custom textures, patterns, or sizes, an additional charge for producing the master will be incurred. Scofield should be consulted for prices. 21. Maintenance of Imprinted Sur­ faces: Sealed, imprinted concrete hard- scapes and floors should be maintained by sweeping. Spills should be cleaned .when they occur. Dirt may be hosed off with water. Heavily soiled areas may be wet-cleaned by mopping or by scrubbing with a rotary floor machine equipped with a scrubbing brush and a properly diluted, high-quality commercial deter­ gent. For larger areas walk-behind or ride-on scrubbing machines are efficient and cost effective. A maintenance application of CEMEN­ TONE Clear Sealer or COLORCURE Concrete Sealer should be made peri­ odically as the coating is worn off the surface. The appropriate Tech-Data Bulletin A-764 CEMENTONE Clear Sealer or A-634 COLORCURE Con­ crete Sealer must be read completely before using. 22. Tool Maintenance: LITHO­ CHROME Antiquing Release will not harm Pavecrafters tools, and antiquing release residue may be allowed to remain on the surface after excess material is removed by shaking or brushing with a soft-bristle brush. Prior to storage or when required to prevent color contamination, Pavecrafters tools should be cleaned of concrete and anti­ quing release residue and other foreign matter by scrubbing with a medium-stiff, nylon-bristle brush, warm water, and a suitable, high-quality liquid detergent. After rinsing, tools should be allowed to dry completely before storing as described in 9. Storage and Work Life. 23. Warranty Summary: For the com­ plete warranty statement and important limitations, read the Material Safety Data Sheet and Warranty. Generally, Scofield represents and warrants only that its products are of consistent qual­ ity. No other oral or written statement is authorized. Any liability is limited to refund or replacement of defective product. The end user shall determine product’s suitability and assume all risks and liability. Page 5 of 5 11-68 CIW SKSW «1H. D Do’s S, Don'ts 0 0 LITHOTEX® PAVECRAFTERS® GUIDE G-427.O2 L. M. SCOFIELD COMPANY MANUFACTURER S MARKETER OF BUILDING SPECIALTIES SINCE 1315 6533 BANDINI BLVD. • LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90040 4155 SCOFIELD ROAD • DOUGLASVILLE. GEORGIA 30134 Offices and warehouses nationwide and internationally. Inquiries: (800) 800-9900 Los Angeles. CA: (323) 720-3000 Fax (323) 720-3030 Atlanta. GA: (770) 920-6000 Fax (770) 920-6060 LM SCOFIELD EUROPE LTD. UK: 44 1226 732222 This guide is meant as a quick reference only. Read the appropriate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletins for additional information and application instructions. Production of imprinted concrete requires skill and practice. Follow professional standards and practices, including those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI). LITHOTEX® Pavecrafters® Benefits • Natural-appearing, imprinted-concrete hardscapes and floors, produced in a wide variety of textures and patterns. • A complete system of premium mat-type tools, designed for ease-of-use and high productivity. • Reduces or prevents irregular indentations (birdbaths) and texture depth variations. • Offers a longer work life than plastic tools and a more controlled pattern depth and uniform texture than other types of tools and rollers. • Superior results more easily obtained, even with intricate patterns and difficult designs. Types • Use Pavecrafters Platform Tools to produce the main design in repeating or random patterns. These tools are reinforced, equipped with handles, and include grout or joint lines. • Use Pavecrafters Border Tools in matching or contrasting textures and patterns to form borders around, or bands through, the design. These tools are reinforced, equipped with handles, and normally include grout or joint lines. • Use Pavecrafters Floppy Tools to complete sections of the design in areas where a more pliable tool is required. These tools are unreinforced, extremely flexible, and are texture and pattern matched to each Pavecrafters Platform and Border Tool. • Use Pavecrafters Filler Tools to fill in small sections of the design, such as a single unit or a corner. These tools normally include grout or joint lines and are texture and pattern matched for many Pavecrafters Platform and Border Tools. • Use Pavecrafters Texturing Tools to apply surface texture only. Matched to each Pavecrafters texture, unreinforced, and extremely flexible, these tools are used to touch-up damaged surface sections or to texture hard-to-reach areas and adjacent vertical surfaces, such as risers and retaining walls. • Use Pavecrafters Embossing Skins to texture large areas of random or irregular patterns by applying surface texture only, without grout or joint lines which are cut by hand, as desired. 0 0 0 0 D- 0 Imprinting Concrete Flatwork Using LITHOTEX® Pavecrafters® Before planning the imprinted concrete or topping layout, completely read Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin T-404 LITHOTEX® Pavecrafters®. Before placing concrete, completely read the appropriate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletins A-104 LITHOCHROME® Color Hardener, A-204 EMERCHROME® Floor Hardener, C-704 SCOFIELD™ Texturetop™, or A-304 CHROMIX® Admix­ tures for Color-Conditioned Concrete and A-854 LITHOCHROME® Antiquing Release. Before sealing the imprinted surface, completely read the appropriate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletin A-764 CEMENTONE® Clear Sealer or A-634 COLORCURE® Concrete Sealer. Before applying chemical stain to the imprinted surface, completely read Scofield’s Tech-Data Bulletin A-414 LITHOCHROME® Chemstain™. Before sealing joints in imprinted concrete, completely read the appropriate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletin S-404-3G LITHOSEAL™ Trafficalk-3G™, S-304 LITHOSEAL™ Buildingcalk™, or S-204 LITHOSEAL™ Watercalk™. At least one month prior to placing concrete, produce a representative jobsite sample for approval. DO’S Don’ts Layout • Determine and thoroughly check the layout and plan measuring points in advance for each area to be imprinted. • Do not lay out the pattern by directly following walls. Start layouts from the form lines. i o r - i ™ CEMENTONE. CHROMIX. COLORCURE. EMERCHROME. LITHOCHROME. LITHOSEAL. LITHOTEX. SCOFIELD. S. Buildingcall* Chemstain, Pavecrafters. Texturetop. Trafficalk-3G. and Watercalk are trademarks of L. M. Scofield Company. 11-69 CMCHW ff. W, H, field Company 1999 All rights reserved Imprinting Concrete Flatwork Using LITHOTEX® Pavecrafters® (continued) . ' ' ■ Do’s' ' ~■. .- Don*ts ■ -'a Layout (continued) • Design imprinted-concrete areas so that their dimensions are in multiples of the length of the imprinting tool plus ’/^ in (2 mm) per tool. • Plan stopping points at elements that break or interfere with the pattern, such as walls or drains. • Don’t place patterns so that long grout or joint lines are along the primary line of sight. • Don’t place construction joints across the pat­ tern, when possible. Place them in grout lines or along boundaries. Preparation • Rope off work areas and close appropriate sec­ tions to traffic. • For exterior installations, protect landscaping, remove parked vehicles, close doors and win­ dows in nearby buildings. • For interior installations, protect walls and seal off adjacent areas to prevent colored dust from en­ tering other sections of the building. • Establish reference points and guidelines for pattern placement and for checking alignment during installation. • Have a sufficient number of tools available to complete one row and begin placement of the next row. • Precondition, tools prior to use by thoroughly coating them with LITHOCHROME Antiquing Re­ lease and removing the excess. • Don’t neglect to produce a jobsite sample of representative size to evaluate intended layouts, colors, materials, and construction techniques. • Don’t schedule insufficient personnel or pours that are too large to allow sufficient time for im­ printing procedures. • Don’t schedule installation of imprinted con­ crete in windy weather, when possible. • Don’t use walls for aligning patterns. • Don't set forms with corners that are not exact right angles, or for most layouts, the pattern will drift out of line. • Don’t neglect to place a trial layout over com­ pacted, moist sand and mark the position of each Pavecrafters tool on the forms for reference. • Don’t start imprinting without a replacement tool available in case a tool is damaged during use. Concrete Placement and Color Hardener or Topping Application • Place crusher-run or sand base under slabs on ground to facilitate drainage and place the con­ crete a minimum of 4 in (100 mm) in thickness. • For a concrete topping, place concrete a mini­ mum of 2 in (50 mm) in thickness and consider the use of a retarded-set, water-reducing admix­ ture for longer work time. • When a thin topping is desired over an existing slab, use SCOFIELD Texturetop for a durable over­ lay, /4 in (6 mm) to 1 in (25 mm) thick.1 • For most applications, use LITHOCHROME Color Hardener on the freshly placed concrete surface immediately prior to imprinting. • Use EMERCHROME Floor Hardener when a heavier-duty, more slip-resistant surface is re­ quired over wet concrete. • Use a CHROMIX Admixture for Color-Condi­ tioned Concrete in the mix when a color-hard­ ened surface is not desired. • Don’t prepare the subgrade or design and place the concrete without completely reading the appro­ priate Scofield Tech-Data Bulletin A-104 LITHO­ CHROME Color Hardener, A-204 EMERCHROME Floor Hardener, C-704 SCOFIELD Texturetop, or A-304 CHROMIX Admixtures for Color-Condi­ tioned Concrete. • Don't use vapor barriers, when possible, since they may delay the start of imprinting. • Don't place concrete containing less than 5 /2 sacks (517 lbs) of cement/yd3 of concrete (300 kg/m3). 1 • Don't place concrete with a slump exceeding 4 in (100 mm). • Don’t allow the water content to exceed the min­ imum amount practical. • Don’t use calcium chloride or an admixture con­ taining calcium chloride in the concrete mix. Imprinting with Platform and Border Tools • Produce a jobsite representative sample to al­ low evaluation and adjustment, when needed, of selected colors, materials, tools, construction techniques, and timing. • Normally, imprint in rows across the width of the area, even if the edges curve. • For best results, use LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release, in a contrasting or matching color, as the release agent. • Don’t start imprinting until the concrete is plastic enough so that a sharp imprint is produced, but hardened enough to retain the imprint. (When a finger is pushed into the concrete, if a slight in­ dentation is formed and keeps its shape it is an indication that imprinting should start). • Don’t use solvent-based liquid release agents, since they deteriorate mat-type tools over time. • Don’t apply an excessive amount of antiquing release or texture detail may be affected.——----- gfiOL HW» eiwiCHW Imprinting Concrete Flatwork Using LITHOTEX® Pavecrafters® (continued) ■ ■- ■: Do’s .Don’ts / \ Imprinting with Platform and Border Tools (continued) • Hand-broadcast the antiquing release evenly over the section of concrete that will be covered by a row of tools and the first tool in the next row. • Position the imprinting tools carefully over the antiquing release to form the row and then posi­ tion the first tool in the next row. • Set the tools to the desired depth by applying pressure to the top of the tool, normally by step­ ping from one tool to the next. • Lift tools in the same order as they were placed, aligning them in the next row before removing the two previously placed, adjacent tools. • Maintain a uniform impression depth as the con­ crete hardens by applying more pressure to the top of the tool by use of a tamper. • Use Pavecrafters floppy and filler tools to finish sections of the design where it is not possible to use platform or border tools. • Cure the imprinted surface with new, unwrink­ led, nonstaining, high-quality curing paper until it has sufficient strength not to be damaged, a min­ imum of 7-10 days. • Don’t place the tools loosely in the row. They should fit against each other tightly. • Don't neglect to follow guidelines and use the alignment marks on the tops of irregularly shaped Pavecrafters tools to maintain straight rows. • Don’t change placement and alignment proce­ dures from row to row. • Don't walk or put pressure on any tool until all tools are in place for the row and the first tool is in place for the next row. • Don't lift tools until the entire row is set and they are ready to be placed in the following row. • Don’t use a tamper with a base of less than ap­ proximately 8-10 in2 (20-25 cm2). • Don’t neglect areas where the texture is torn or damaged. Repair the surface with Pavecrafters texturing skins and hand chisels, when required. • Don’t imprint vertical areas without practice on the jobsite sample. • Don't neglect to periodically clean the tools to remove concrete residue by scrubbing with a me­ dium-stiff, nylon bristle brush, warm water, and a suitable, high-quality, liquid detergent. Imprinting with Embossing Skins • Apply LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release and place the first embossing skin as close to where the concrete was initially deposited as possible. The location will depend on the temperature and jobsite conditions. • Place the next skin so that it overlaps the outer edge of the first skin, and continue to place skins, overlapping the edges of the preceding skins. • Before lifting a skin, remove its edges from be­ neath the surrounding skins and place them on top of the surrounding skins. • If areas are deficient, replace the skin and press or use a tamper along the top to repair the design. • Don't neglect to produce a jobsite representa­ tive sample to allow evaluation and adjustment, when needed, of selected colors, materials, tools, construction techniques, and timing. • Don’t forget that timing is especially critical since embossing skins are not rigid or reinforced. • Don’t start imprinting until the concrete is firm enough to support the weight of the applicator without low areas or birdbaths forming. • Don’t remove an embossing skin before deter­ mining that the proper imprint has been made. • Don’t allow the position of the skin to change when repairing deficient areas. Antiquing Release Removal • Remove excess antiquing release by brooming or vacuuming after the imprinted surface is hard enough to walk on without marring. • After the concrete is strong enough not to be damaged, a minimum of 7-10 days, remove suf­ ficient antiquing release to achieve the desired ef­ fect by use of a high-pressure, detergent wash followed by a thorough rinsing. • Don't pressure wash the surface before testing an adequate area to insure that the concrete is strong enough to resist damage and scaling. • Don’t allow adjacent surfaces to be stained by runoff during antiquing release removal. • Don't allow antiquing release to remain on the surface if the concrete is to be chemically stained later. Remove it as thoroughly as possible. Sealing • Seal the imprinted surface as soon as possible after the antiquing release had been removed. Before sealing read the appropriate Scofield Tech- Data Bulletin. • Seal multicolored imprinted surfaces with two coats of CEMENTONE Clear Sealer. • Don’t seal the imprinted surface until the mois­ ture content of the concrete is low enough so that alkali and other salts do not become trapped be­ neath the surface, a minimum or 14-28 days af­ ter placement. - a n 11-71 Printed on ,/<V. recycled caper '■^5/' ImprintingConcreteFlatworkUsfngi LITHOTEX® Pavecrafters® (continueci) ■'■*<•*-L '***.' ' •'•* 1' *•» ■*• ■> • ■ •' J7V' t«* r-■'-7-, ? • • - • ■••• Sealing (continued) • Seal single-color surfaces where a more opaque appearance is desired with two coats of COLOR­ CURE Concrete Sealer in the matching color. • Don’t open the area to traffic until all surfaces have been thoroughly inspected to verify and ap­ prove installation and safety, including wet and dry slip resistance. Tool Cleaning and Storage • Remove excess LITHOCHROME Antiquing Re­ lease from the Pavecrafters tools by shaking or 'brushing with a soft-bristle brush. • Clean concrete residue and all antiquing re­ lease from the tools by scrubbing with a me­ dium-stiff, nylon-bristle brush, warm water, and a suitable, high-quality, liquid detergent followed by a thorough rinsing. • Don’t completely remove antiquing release from the Pavecrafters tools unless the color is to be changed or the tool stored. • Don’t store tools unless they are under roof in a clean, cool area, away from direct sunlight and excessive heat. • Don’t store tools unless they are completely clean, dry, and covered. Joint Sealant • Seal all joints with a LITHOSEAL™ Joint Sealant in the matching or a contrasting color. • Use LITHOSEAL Trafficalk-3G in areas subject to normal to heavy pedestrian or vehicular traffic. • Use LITHOSEAL Buildingcalk in areas subject to light to normal pedestrian or vehicular traffic. • Use LITHOSEAL Watercalk in traffic areas subject to frequent or constant exposure to water. 11-72 LITHOTEX. PAVECRAFTERS. PATTERN SHEET 0-356.01 L. M. SCOFIELD COMPANY MANUFACTURER & MARKETER OF BUILDING SPECIALTIES SINCE 1915 6533 BANDINI BLVD. • LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90040 4155 SCOFIELD ROAD • DOUGLASVILLE. GEORGIA 30134 Offices and warehouses nationwide and internationally. Inquiries: (800) 800-9900 Los Angeles. CA: (323) 720-3000 Fax (323) 720-3030 Atlanta, GA: (770) 920-6000 Fax (770) 920-6060 LM SCORELD EUROPE LTD, UK: 44 1226 732222 This pattern sheet is meant as a reference only. Read the Scofield Tech-Data Bulletin T-404 LITHOTEX® Pavecrafters™ for additional information, layout suggestions, and installation instructions. Creating layouts for imprinted concrete requires skill and practice. Follow professional standards and practices, including those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI). . <■’ l-.. ,3-;^ . COBBLESTONE— Border and Filler Tools Texture Description: Surface texture is that of naturally worn, flat cobblestones. Edges are irregular and corners rounded. Pattern Description: Borders and corners are formed by common cobblestone masonry units. Cobblestones are ap­ proximately 55/8" (143 mm) wide by 115/8“ (295 mm) long. Inside joints have the appearance of a flat, smooth, grouted joint, varying from 1/4'' (6 mm) to 7/s" (22 mm) wide and a maximum of 3/8" (10 mm) deep. Tool edges have a surrounding outside joint, varying from 1/8" (3 mm) to 1/2" (13 mm) wide, which matches the inside joints when tools are joined. Border and Floppy Tools CEMENTONE. CHROMIX. EMERCHROME. LITHOCHROME. LITHOSEAL. LITHOTEX. SCOFIELD. 0. Chemstain. Pavecrafters, Texturetop. and Trafficalk-3G are trademarks of L. M. Scofield Company. 11-73 © L. M. Scofield Company 1998 All rights reserved 0 I 0 0 I 0 II la p a 3 I 3 3 3 3 I 3 Filler Tools COBBLESTONE — Border and Filler Tools (152 mm) (102 rum)(102 mm) Filler P385 (203 mm)1 Random Filler P395 Tools Scofield adds tools frequently. Please inquire about the availability of additional tools in this and other textures. Size Size Order Number Texture-Matched Tools Inches*Millimeters*Platform or (Floppy) Cobblestone Texturing Tool 12 x 12 305 x 305 (S120) Random Interlocking 40x28 1016x711 P355,P365,P375 (F355,F365,F375) Running Bond 42x24 1067x610 P361 (F361) Stacked Bond 48x24 1219 x 610 P362(F362) Other available textures include numerous patterns in: Brick Cobblestone Fractured Slate Natural Stone Paver Tile Wood Custom textures, patterns, and sizes or unreinforced platform and border tools can be manufactured to meet individual design requirements. ’Dimensions are approximate. Refer to the appropriate Pattern Sheet for tool shape and more accurate dimensions. Companion Products LITHOCHROME® Color Hardener, for areas subject to normal wear, and EMERCHROME® Floor Hardener, for areas subject to heavier wear, are premium-quality, dry-shake colored hardeners used for imprinted concrete hardscapes and floors. They add vibrant or subtle color to imprinted flatwork while providing a hard, durable, abrasion-resistant surface for pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Their rich finishing paste allows the production of sharp, clear, wear-resistant patterns, and for colder climates, their use increases the sur­ face resistance of concrete to the damaging effects of freeze/thaw cycles and deicing salts. Both hardeners are available in 24 standard and designer colors. With a minimum order, virtually any custom color can be designed. Concrete color-conditioned with a CHROMIX® Admixture may also be imprinted. Refer to the appropriate Tech-Data Bulletin A-104 LITHOCHROME Color Hardener, A-204 EMER­ CHROME Floor Hardener, or A-304 CHROMIX Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete and Color Chart A-112 LITHOCHROME Color Hardener or A-312 CHROMIX Admixtures. SCOFIELD™ Texturetop™ is a cementitious topping for resurfacing and texturing nonmoving concrete floors and hardscapes. Ideal for imprinted concrete, it is available in five standard colors or can be ordered in custom colors. Attractive imprinted areas can be produced from inch to 1 inch (6 mm to 25 mm) thick. Refer to Tech-Data Bulletins C-704 SCOFIELD Texturetop and C-804 SCOFIELD™ Texturetop™ Bonder. LITHOCHROME® Antiquing Release is a powdered, colored bond-breaker that helps prevent Pavecrafters tools from sticking to freshly imprinted concrete and marring its fragile surface. It is used with LITHOCHROME Color Hardener to create multicolored anti­ qued effects, producing imprinted concrete with an attractive, mottled patina and a naturally aged appearance. Refer to Tech-Data Bul­ letin A-854 LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release. LITHOCHROME® Chemstain™ creates uneven, variegated or translucent color effects on imprinted-concrete surfaces, much like the shadings of natural stone. The result is unique to each surface and cannot be duplicated by other coloring materials. Used over concrete colored with LITHOCHROME Color Hardener or a CHROMIX Admixture, a wider range of colors and special effects is obtainable. Refer to Tech-Data Bulletin A-414 LITHOCHROME Chemstain and Color Chart A-412 LITHOCHROME Chemstain. CEMENTONE® Clear Sealer is a durable, environmentally compatible, clear, semigloss coating designed for sealing and protecting imprinted-concrete hardscapes and floors. After applications of LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release or LITHOCHROME Chemstain, initial sealing of and periodic maintenance with CEMENTONE Clear Sealer is required to preserve the variegated appearance and protect the surface during everyday use. Refer to Tech-Data Bulletin A-764 CEMENTONE Clear Sealer. LITHOSEAL™ Trafficalk-3G™ is specifically designed for superior performance in areas subject to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. It is available in over 100 standard colors to blend or contrast with any imprinted-concrete design. Refer to |Te,cil;Data Bulletin S-404-3G LITHOSEAL Trafficalk-3G and Color Chart A-112 LITHOCHROME Color Hardener, A-312 CHROMIX A LITHOSEAL™ Joint Sealants. “3 - "3.333 P9810 11-74 INTER-OFFICE CORRESPONDENCE Date: October 22,1998 To: Bryan Beck From: Ryan Jen Re: G&JTKfrl— Recommendation for Rehabilitating of • O.E. No: 2258 Upon review of the scope of construction on tins project and also by taking core samples and evaluating the thickness and condition of the surface and base material and evaluating the suitability of the existing material fix future use, it is my recommendation that tins street is a good candidate to be pulverized. Upon completion of utility work all ditches must be capped with a temporary patch complying with City of Fort Worth Specifications. The contractor shall pulverize the existing pavement / base to a depth of 8 inches below the surface of the existing pavement After pulverization is completed, the contractor shall temporarily remove the pulverized material and undercut an additional 3 inches of base material. The removal of the base material shall start a minimum of 8 inches below the existing pavement surface. After the undercut is complete, the contractor shall replace the pulverized material and mix it with 5 percent Portland Cement, spread the material as a base and compact all in accordance with Item 214, Portland Cement Treatment (Material Manipulation), of the latest edition of the City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications for Construction of Streets and Storm Drains. When proper compaction is achieved the contractor shall overlay with 3 inches of HMAC type “D” surface course on top of the new base and all applicable provisions of Item 312 (Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete) and Item 313 (Central Plant Recycling Asphalt Concrete) of the latest edition of the City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications for Construction of Streets and Storm Drains. These specifications shall apply to all aspects of construction methods for tins project You may want to include a copy of the attached document in the contract documents for the benefit of the contractor bidding the project and for use in construction of the project 11-75 PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION X The contractor shall pulverize the existing pavement I base to a depth of cigjit (8) indies bdow the surface of the existing pavement. After pulverization is completed the contractor shall temporarily remove the pulverized material and remove an additional three (3) inches of base material The removal of the base material shall start a minimum of eight (8) inches bdow the surface of the existing pavement After the undercut operation is complete, die contractor shall mix the pulverized material with five (5) percent Portland cement and spread the material as a base all in accordance with Item 214 Portland Cement Treatment (Material Manipulation) of the latest edition of the City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction as follows: * Cement shall be applied only to such an area that all the operations can be continuous and completed in day light within six (6) hours of such application. • Gradations have to be taken just a few minutes before applying cement * No equipment except that used in the spreading and mixing will be allowed to pass over the freshly spread cement until it is mixed with the soil * Any mixture of soil and cement that has not been compacted and finished shall not remain undisturbed for more than thirty (30) minutes. * Surface compaction and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce, in not more than two (2) hours, a smooth, closely knit surface free of cracks, ridges or loose material, conforming to the crown, grade and line shown on the plans. * After the roadway has been finished as specified herein it shall be immediately protected against rapid drying by applying two tenths (0.2) gallons per square yards of RC-2 or some other E.P.A. approved water based emulsion. Should it be necessary for construction equipment or other traffic to use that section of roadway before the emulsion has dried sufficiently, it is fire responsibility of the contractor to dust or sand the surface before such use to prevent pickup of material. * The contractor shall also maintain this protective cover during the seven (7) day curing period so that all the soil cement base course will be covered effectively. * The soil cement course may be opened to local traffic as soon as the water based emulsion has been applied ad dusted or sanded as necessary to prevent pickup of —— material by traffic. It may be opened to all traffic after seven (7) days. QFIFICSM tECO® After the minimum seven (7) day of curing the1 contractor shall overlay with three (3) inches of HMAC Type “D” course on top of the new base. h. kA. page2 HMAC SURFACE COURSE (TYPE “D” MIX) AH applicable provisions of Standard Specifications Item Numbers 312 “Hot-Mix Asphaltic Concrete” and 313 “Central Plant Recycling Asphaltic Concrete” of the City of Fort Worth Standard Specifications of Street and Storm Drain Construction shall apply to the construction methods for this portion of the project Standard Specification 312.S (1) shall be revised as follows: The prime coat, tack coat or tiie asphaltic mixture shall not be placed unless the air temperature is fifty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising the temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat Asphaltic material shall also not be placed when the wind conditions are unsuitable in the opinion of the Engineer. The contractor shall furnish a batch design of the proposed hot mix asphaltic concrete for City approval 48 hours prior to placing the HMAC overlay. The City win provide laboratory control as necessary. OFFICIAL ffCOB CIMCIHW wwa. 11-77 CITY OF FORT WORTH CONSTRUCTION SERFICES LABORATORY RESULTS FOR TEST HOLE AND PLASTICITY INDEX PROJECT: 1998 CAPITAL IMPCROVEMENT PROGRAM E.CENTRAL AVE.(N.MAIN TO EAST DEAD END) BDOE NO.: 1952 FUND CODE: 03 HOLE # 1 LAB NO.: 3520b LOCATION: 45'E. OF N.MAIN N/4 | 3.00" HMAC 6.00" BROWN SANDY CLAY WITH CRUSH STONE I 10.00" BROWN SANDY CLAY I ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: 19.3 PL: 14.0 PI: 5.3 SHRKG: 4.0% I , .MUNSEL COLOR CHART: 5/3 BROWN SAND I UNIT WEIGHT: 138.0 LBS PER CUBIC FOOT I DATE TESTED: 06-18-98 DATE REPORTED: 06-26-98 TESTED BY: CARDWELL,PATTERSON, DESAI ROUTING JOSEPH GAGLIARDI BRYAN BECK FILE 0 I n 11-78 CITY OF FORT WORTH CONSTRUCTION SERVICES LABORATORY RESULTS FOR . TEST HOLE .AND PLASTICITY INDEX PROJECT: 1998 CAPITAL IMPOROVEMENT PROGRAM E. CENTRAL AVE. (N. MAIN TO EAST DEAD END) DOE NO.: 1952 FUND CODE: 03 HOLE # 1 LAB NO.: 27533 LOCATION: 50' WEST OF N. GROVE ST. N/4 3.50" HMAC 16.50" REDDISH SANDY CLAY ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: 22.5 PL: 16.1 PI: 6.4 SHRKG: 4.0% MUNSEL COLOR CHART: 5/6 STRONG BROWN CLAY UNIT WEIGHT: 133.2 LBS PER CUBIC FOOT HOLE # 2 LAB NO.: 27534 LOCATION: 50' WEST OF N. CALHOUN ST. CENTERLINE 1.00" HMAC 3.00" REDDISH BROWN SANDY CLAY W/GRAVEL 15.00" REDDISH BROWN SANDY CLAY ATTERBURG LIMITS: LL: 25.6 PL: 16.3 PI: 9.3 SHRKG: 7.0% MUNSEL COLOR CHART: 5/6 STRONG BROWN CLAY UNIT WEIGHT: 132.0 LBS PER CUBIC FOOT = = = = = = = = = = = === = = = = = = = = = = = = = = APPROVAL: / ^ZAN JERI DATE TESTED: 01-16-98 DATE REPORTED: 01-22-98 TESTED BY: CARDWELL,DESAI 11-79 1 ROUTING JAMES ANDERSON NAJIB FARES FILE ©f RCIAL MCOH) CWOWf fl H. CITY OF FORT WORTH HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR 1999 AIR TOOL OPERATOR $9.00 ASPHALT RAKER 9.55 ASPHALT SHOVELER 8.80 BATCHING PLANT WEIGHER 11.51 CARPENTER 10.30 CONCRETE FINISHER-PAVING 10.50 CONCRETE FINISHER-STRUCTURES 9.83 CONCRETE RUBBER 8.84 ELECTRICIAN 15.37 FLAGGER 7.55 FORM BUILDER-STRUCTURES 9.83 FORM LINER-PAVING & CURB 9.00 FORM SETTER-PAVING & CURB 9.24 FORM SETTER-STRUCTURES 9.09 LABORER-COMMON 7.32 LABORER-UTILITY 8.94 MECHANIC 12.68 OILER 10.17 SERVICER 9.41 PAINTER-STRUCTURES 11.00 PIPE LAYER 8.98 BLASTER 11.50 ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR OPERATOR 10.29 ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE 10.30 BROOM OR SWEEPER OPERATOR 8.72 BULLDOZER 10.74 CONCRETE CURING MACHINE 9.25 CONCRETE FINISHING MACHINE 11.13 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT MACHINE 10.42 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALER 9.00 CONCRETE PAVING SAW 10.39 CONCRETE PAVING SPREADER 10.50 SLIPFORM MACHINE OPERATOR 9.92 CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE, DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL 11.04 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR CRAWLER MOUNTED 10.00 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR TRUCK MOUNTED 11.83 FRONT END LOADER 9.96 MILLING MACHINE OPERATOR 8.62 MIXER 10.30 MOTOR GRADER OPERATOR FINE GRADE 11.97 MOTOR GRADER OPERATOR 10.96 PAVEMENT MARKING MACHINE 7.32 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL PLANT-MIX PAVEMENTS 9.06 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL OTHER FLATWHEEL OR TAMPING 8.59 ROLLER, PNEUMATIC, SELF-PROPELLED SCRAPER 8.48 SCRAPER 9.63 TRACTOR-CRAWLER TYPE 10.58 TRACTOR-PNEUMATIC 9.15 TRAVELING MIXER 8.83 WAGON-DRILL, BORING MACHINE 12.00 REINFORCING STEEL SETTER-PAVING 13.21 REINFORCING STEEL SETTER-STRUCTURES 13.31 STEEL WORKER-STRUCTURAL 14.80 SPREADER BOX OPERATOR 10.00 WORK ZONE BARRICADE 7.32 ©MM CW ® ft WM, ®. 11-80 TRUCK DRIVER-SINGLE AXLE LIGHT 8.965 TRUCK DRIVER-SINGLE AXLE HEAVY 9.02 TRUCK DRIVER-TANDEM AXLE SEMI TRAILER 8.77 TRUCK DRIVER-LOWBOY/FLOAT 10.44 TRUCK DRIVER-TRANSIT MIX 9.47 TRUCK DRIVER-WINCH 9.00 VIBRATOR OPERATOR-HAND TYPE 7.32 WELDER 11.57 11-82 2 - I PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN 11/2“ 6’f City of Fort Worth I 1/4" t * I * r7?F’l/2" ___£_Lt 5 1/2" 3" ---------------r- Project Title I l/2't l/2*~ -v 2 1/2^ 4-0" 7 3/4’ ______Contractor: Contractors Name Scheduled Completion Date 11/22 5” Year ~r I 1/2” - o" LONGHORN WHITE (BLUE BACKGROUND W/WHITE LETTERS) LETTERING'CITY Of FORT WORTH-BOOKMAN DEMI ITALIC PROJECT TITLE .CONTRACTOR B DATE IN HELVETICA 11-83 1. ALL CONCRETE USED SHALL BE 300 0 PSI. 2. CONCRETE COLLAR SHALL EXTEND TO THE BOTTOM OF BASE (MIN.). 3. CONCRETE COLLAR SHALL BE: a) 4' x 4' for MANHOLE _________________ b) 2' x 2' for WATER VALVE. CONCRETE COLLAR for MANHOLE and WATER VALVE NTS 11-84 I 3’ I 3 2 I 0 B I Q I I I I I 0 t 3 0 X? invtrt oo ciort than t* lo depth oad co /ett that 5/4*in depth trill bt required la ell 8'tride valley gut tort, The contra ctor rill be required to tert the gutter viith rotor before the job io accepted. A -H1 Not to Scale The /“reinforcedconcrete valley shall replace the top7nof the pavement with the remaining portion of pavement to he constructed Including subgrade treatment, in accordance with the typical paving section. The concrete valley trill be governed according to city standards for concrete curb and gutter. The concrete shot! be of washed and screened aggregate with et mtn. of five (5) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete . with a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch in seven days. OFFICIAL CONCRETE VALLEY DETAILS ---------- -- - - 4 UL^IHIL.O WV •b >u Asr.il.1993 11-85 ATTENTION ! CURB RAMPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PERPENDICULAR TO THE CURB AT STREET CROSSINGS WITH LANDINGS IN LIEU OF DIAGONAL CROSSINGS WHERE FEASIBLE. SEE FIGS. 58,S9 & 60. WHEELCHAIR RAMPS STANDARD DETAILS CITY OF FORT VDRTH, TEXAS - CONSTRUCTION STANDARD OCTOBER. 1992 11-86 Clff SECHW KBS ittMl .mULITHIC R.D.W. SIDEWALK CURB CURB 18 HMAC TRANSITION STREET LINES TO BE DEEP I 4 JOINT, 3 rm—b h us mrr SIDEVALK *E OUSTING GAP CURB PAY LIMIT MAX. LENGTH OF SURFACE TREATMENT (GROOVE) 5' FROM THE BACK OF CURB. EXPANSION MATERIAL RECESSED 1/4" AND SEALED W/S1UCONE (APPLICABLE TO ALL COLD-JOINTS) NOTES i>FOR PARKWAY WITH ELEVATION BELOV STREET ELEVATION, THE SIDEWALK CURB MUST BE 2" HIGHER THAN THE STREET CURB. 2) SIDEWALK CURB SHALL NOT ENCROACH ON THE PROPOSED WIDTH OF THE SIDEWALK OR RAMP. 3> FOR TYPE I RAMP MAXIMUM SIDEWALK CURB HEIGHT 0" TO 7". TYPICAL RAMP X-SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH TEXAS - CONSTRUCTION STANDARD OCTOBER, 1992 EXISTING 15' R SCALE 1" « 5' RAMP NOTES 1) t) 3> WALK ACROSS THE RAMP.uvcvr rat OF OF KMXX&X IXJCVMX cun SIDEWALK FLARED wc»M M wacao SEALING PRICE DID CXISTBC CCR1 i an rot EXPANSION JOINT AND S1UC0NE SHALL K SUBSIDIARY TO UNIT FOR SIDEWALK. CURB RAMP AND/OR A KAXIWH OF 142. RAM* SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM bia UNLESS PEDESTRIANS COULD CURD RAMPS WITH RETURNED CURDS KAY BE USED WHERE PEDESTRIANS WOULD ACT NORMALLY FLMO SURFACE OR CHS SMALL K CDLflKD as «maa I SIDEWALK MP DWM i cunot VCUT FDR COCttTt FAVCXXT FLAWS TK ACTUAL LINUS OF REMOVAL OF EXIST­ ING CURD AND GUTTER AND SIDEWALK SHALL DC AS DIRECTED DY THE ENGINEER IN T< FIELD. MONOLITHIC CURD OR FLARED SLOPES KAY BE INSTALLED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE RAMP DEPENDING ON THE HELD CONDITION OR AS DIRECTED >Y THE ENGINEER. SLOPE SHALL SIDES SLOPE WALK ACROSS TVE RAMP THEN THE MAXIMUM SLOPE SHALL DC 142. STANDARD PAY LIMIT DETAIL • CITY OF FORT WORTH TEXAS - CONSTRUCTION OCTOBER, 1992 WR - 1 11-88 EXISTING 15' R SCALE 1" = 5' ■ .-"-.-j SIDEWALK RAMP OSSTTC CURB i GUTTER MOTE >EW’ANSXX JtJXKT AKO XJLXIK SEAL&C XHAtX EC susxiEA»rr to lmt rracx kj ma sxoevmx fSJTE t> TK ACTUAL LD«TJ Cf SOCVAC £F EXISFM3 CW3 AK1 GUTTER W® JUCVACK SMMX K AS H55OTO IT tk exmd » n< rna_a L’’—.~ p3„ JOINT DETAIL CITY OF FORT VDRTH, TEXAS - CONSTRUCTION STANDARD OCTOBER, 1992 11-89 I 0 I I D I 0 I I 'l I I 3 I I (e) Co tab Ln e4 FubUc Sl4ev*Ik Curb Raslp Fig. 59 Public Slde’KTi.Ik Carb Rarnp* ATTENTION ! CURB RAMPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PERPENDICULAR TO THF Ol irr at STREET CROSSINGS WITH LANDINGS IN LIEU OF DIAGONAL CROSSES .WHERE FEASIBLE,. SEE FIGS. 58,59 & 60. CROSSINGS 14.3.3 Vehicular Wajra and FacHltk* No 30 70-2151 ATTENTION !B 0 0 8 a o 0 I a o 6 0 0 a s 8 0 CURB RAMPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PERPENDICULAR TO THE CURB AT STREET CROSSINGS WITH LANDINGS IN LIEU OF DIAGONAL CROSSINGS WHERE FEASIBLE. SEE FIGS. 58,59 & 60. TYPICAI LAYOUTS CITY OF FORT VORTK TEXAS - CONSTRUCTION STANDARD OCTOBER. 1992 11-92 CITY OF FORT VQRTH, TEXAS - CONSTRUCTION STANDARD OCTOBER. 1992 11-93 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS - CONSTRUCTION STANDARD OCTOBER, 1992 11-94 CO M B I N A T I O N WA L K 1TY CF FORT VDRTH, TEXAS - CONSTRUCTION STANDARD DC TO BCR, 1992 ............ ....... ...... . 11-95 C O M B I N A T I O N WA L K CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS «• CONSTRUCTION STANDARD OCTD6CR, 1^52 11-96 EXMT*C Cira i arms TYPE III EXISTING 15' R SCALE 1” » 5' CITY or FQftT VORTH, TEXAS - CONSTRUCTS STANDARD OCTOBER. 1992 11-97 OUSTMG CL«tJ t azrra TYPE III EXISTING 20' R SCALE 1" « 5' 3 PROP. RAMP BROOM FINISH TRANSITION CITY or FORT VDRTH TEXAS - CONSTRUCTION STANDARD DCTCLBCR, 1992 11-98 14.2.6 VehlcaJar Wtjps and F&c£Utl$» No.30 702151 RUNNING SLOPE 1 20 max X ““=-------------- - j Y RUNNING SLOPE i COUNTERSLOPE 1J2 max ! 1:20 max WALK CURB RAMP ' STREET NOTE (I) Slope » 1A. where r o a level plane (2) Covnief'k’pe shall no< cueed I X Hfl. B4.7.2 Measurement of Curb Ramp Slope* NOTE If t < 4X in »1220 nwni ilvn ihc skip.- of the fUxcJ sxk's shall rx< euevd 1:12. fa) Flared Sides PLANTING OR OTHER NONWALKING SURFACE (b) Returned Curb Rg. B4.7.5 Sides of Curb Ramps 51 EXPERIENCE RECORD List of projects your organization has successfully completed: Amount Of Contract Award Type of Work Date Accepted Name and Address of Owner List of projects your organization is now engaged in completing: Amount Of Contract Award Type of Work Anticipated Date of Completion Name and Address of Owner List Surety Bonds in force on above incomplete work: Date of Contract Award Type of Work Bond Amount of Bond Name and Address of Surety 11-103 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE List of Equipment owned by Bidder that is in serviceable condition and available for use: Portions of work Bidder proposes to sublet in case of Award of Contracts including amount and type: 11-104 A.W. Insurance Agency, inc., uua JL jl * - ---------------------------------- _ PO Box 560344 Dallas, TX 75356 • Phone (214) 951-1900 • Fax (214) 951-1920 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ISSUE DATE: INSURED Phone 214-631-0590 PRODUCER: 1-18-2000 . Mike Davidson T. P. Mex, Inc. 3529 Peoria Ave. Dallas TX 75212 Fed ID#MC# TaschaCSR: THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. ONLY AND CONFERS NO • COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, noNnmnNS of such poi icifs agi TYPE OF INSURANCE 3RFGATF 1 IMITS SHOWN MAY HAVF RFFN RFDIJCFD RY PAID CLAIMS COMPANY/POLICY # - EFFECTIVE & EXPIRATION DATES LIMITS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY □ Any Auto □ All Owned Autos KI Scheduled Autos □ Hired Autos □ Non-owned Autos □ Garage Liability □ Other STATE AND COUNTY POLICY NUMBER: FTB208493 POLICY PERIOD FROM: 1-8-2000 TO: . 1-6-2001 COMBINED SINGLE $1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per Person) BODILY INJURY (Per Accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE GENERAL LIABILITY □ Commercial General Liability □ Claims Made □ Occur □ Owner's & Contractors Prot. □ POLICY NUMBER: POLICY PERIOD FROM: TO: •GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG. PERSONAL & ADV. INJURY EACH OCCURRENCE FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) MED. EXPENSE (Any one person) EXCESS LIABILITY □ Umbrella □ Other Than Umbrella POLICY NUMBER: POLICY PERIOD FROM: TO: EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY POLICY NUMBER: POLICY PERIOD FROM: TO: • STATUTORY LIMITS EACH ACCIDENT DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT DISEASE-EACH EMPLOYEE POLICY NUMBER: POLICY PERIOD FROM: TO: POLICY NUMBER: POLICY PERIOD FROM: TO: POLICY NUMBER: POLICY PERIOD FROM: TO: DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS As per schedule of vehicles on file with the Company. CERTIFICATE HOLDER Fax Number: STABILE AND WINN OfflCIAL TO® P.O. BOX 79380 SAGINAW TX 76179 Fira,® CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.___________________ AUT DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amer CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH Date: February 24, 2000 NAME OF PROJECT: Paving Improvements Alternates No. 2 for Central Avenue from North Main Street to East Dead End PROJECT NUMBER: C115-020115040594 IS TO CERTIFY THAT : Stabile and Winn, Inc.; P 0 Box 79380; Saginaw, TX 76179-0380 is, at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the type of insurance and accordance with provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy Effective Expires Limits of Liability Worker’s Compensation TC098704621 6-25-99 6-25-00 500,000/500,000/500,000 Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability) CON 98704506 6-25-99 6-25-00 Bodily Injury: Ea. Occurrence: $1,000/000 Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ combined single limit Blasting Ea. Occurrence: $ Collapse of Building or structures adjacent to excavations CON 98704506 6-25-99 6-25-00 Ea. Occurrence: $1,000,000 Damage to Underground Utilities CON 98704506 6-25-99 6-25-00 Ea. Occurrence: $ 1,000,00C Builder’s Risk Comprehensive Automobile Liability CON 98704548 6-25-99 6-25-00 Bodily Injury: Ea. Person: $ Ea. Occurrence: $ 1,000,000 Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ combined single limit Contractual Liability CON 98704506 6-25-99 6-25-00 Bodily Injury: Ea. Occurrence: $ 1,000,00C Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ combined single limi Other Umbrella CON 98704589 6-25-99 6-25-00 $1,000,000 Locations covered: Texas_____________________________________________________________________ Description of operations covered: Listed Above________________________________________________ The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provided that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (5) days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached. Agency Tucker Agency, Inc. Fort Worth Agent Tobin Tucker By. Address p 0 Box 2285, Ft Worth, TX 76113 Title Authorized Representative CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS’ COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A Labor Code Section 406.096, Contractor certifies that it provides workers’ compensation insurance coverage for all its employees employed on city of Fort Worth Project Number Cl 15- 020115040594 STABILE & WINN, INC. John W. Stabile, President Title 23, 2000 Date STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared J°hn W. Stabile, known to me be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of Stabile & Winn, Inc,for the purpose and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this day of .20 CTO ' Elizabeth C. Lawrence < Notary Public। \/ State of Texas । ( My Comm. Exp. 09-23-2002 । 1 > w w w * ■'■wr*' 1 NotaryJJublic in and for the State of Texas Bond #46BCSAE7288 PERFORMANCE BOND I i THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § i i D n i i i i KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) STABILE & WINN, INC, a (2) CORPORATION of TEXAS, hereinafter call Principal, and (3) Hartford Fire Insurance Company a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of: THREE HUNDRED SIXTY THREE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED NINETY ONE AND 25/100................. ($363,491.25) Dollars in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS of: OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth, the Owner, dated the r-rD°f a copy of which is hereto attached and. - made a part hereof, for the construction of: TEB 2T7000 PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATE NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END designated as Project No. (s) Cl 15-02011504594, a copy of which contract is hereby attached, referred to, and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the “work”. NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly, and faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Fl PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, State of Texas. AND PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in 8_counterparts each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the of ATTEST: 2 2 2000 (Principal) Secretary STABILE & WINN, INC. /APIWCIPAL (4) ■—__________________ ^Frtle: John W. Stabile, President______ (SEAL)PO BOX 79380 SAGINAW, TX 76179 (Surety) Secretary Hartford Fire Insurance Company (Address) Tobin Tucker (SEAL) Witness as to Surety P 0 Box 2285 Ft Worth, TX 76113 (Address) P 0 Box 2285 Ft Worth, TX 76113 (Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation, a Partnership or an Individual, as case may be (3) Correct name of Surety (4) If contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attomey-in-F act. . F2 Bond #46BCSAE7288 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (1) STABILE & WINN, INC, a (2) Corporation of Texas, hereinafter call Principal, and (3) Hartford Fire Insurance Company , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State and fully authorized to transact business in the State of Texas, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereinafter called Owner, and unto all person, firms, and corporations who may furnish materials, for or perform labor upon the building or improvements hereinafter referred to in the penal sum of: THREE HUNDRED SIXTY THREE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED NINETY ONE AND 25/100.................... (S363.491.25) Dollars in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we hereby bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly to these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth, the Owner, dated the ffag 06 £ 20t)(P' ’ 2^—’ a C0PY °f which is hereto attached and made a part thereof, for the construction of:: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATE NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END Project No. (s) C115-020115040594 a copy of which is hereto attached, referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, such project and construction being hereinafter referred to as the “work”. NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as defined in Article 5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. F10 THE BOND IS MADE AND ENTERED into solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, as claimants are defined in said Article 5160, and all such claimants shall have a direct right of action under the bond as provided in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes. PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, State of Texas, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration of addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specification s accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to the specifications. PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in 8 counterparts each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the fejS' day of BBft A.D., 2OTJ0. LEB 2TT000 ATTEST: STABILE & WINN, INC. / ) PRINCIPAL (4) ____________ Title: John W. Stabile, President_______ (Principal) Secretary Address PO BOX 79380 SAGINAW, TX 76179 (SEAL) (Address) Hartford Fire Insurance Company Sure^xi I byl—---- (Attorney-in-fact) (5) Tobin Tucker ATTEST:(Address) (SEAL) (Surety) Secretary Witness as to Surety P 0 Box 2285 Ft Worth, TX 76113 (Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of contract (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation, a Partnership or an Individual, as case may be (3) Correct name of Surety (4) If contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attomey-in-F act.. P 0 Box 2285 Ft Worth, TX 76113 (Address) Bond #46BCSAE7288 MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § I I I I I I I I I i ■ KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That (1) STABILE & WINN, INC.as Principal, acting herein by and through (2) John W. Stabile______ its duly authorized President_________and (3) Hartford Fire Insurance Company______a corporation organized under the laws of the State of CT as surety, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, A Municipal Corporation, chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas, at Fort Worth, in Tarrant County, Texas the sum of THREE HUNDRED SIXTY THREE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED NINETY ONE AND 25/100..................... ($363,491.25) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City of Fort Worth and its successors, said Contractor and surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns and successors, jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned, however; that, FEB 2 2 2000 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain contract with the City of Fort Worth, the - performance of the following described public work and the construction of the following described public improvements: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATE NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END of same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project 015- 020115040594and said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions and written instruments referred to therein as contract documents being hereby incorporated herein by reference for all purposes and made a part hereof, the same as if set out verbatim herein; and , WHEREAS, in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during the period One (1) Year after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of One (1) Year; and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the work in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, it be necessary; and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefor to repair or reconstruct said work as herein provided. I I I I i i i B i i NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract, these presents shall be null and void, and have no force or effect. Otherwise this Bond shall be and remain in hill force and effect, and said City shall have and recover from the said Contractor and its surety damages in the premises prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the foil amount hereof is exhausted. WHEREAS, all parties covenant and agree that if any legal action be filed upon this bond, venue shall lie in Tarrant County, Texas; and, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in 8 counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, dated 2 2000 ATTEST: (Principal) Secretary (Seal)STABIL BY: WINN, INC. PRINCIPAL (4) Title: John W. Stabile, President i PO BOX 79380 SAGINAW, TX 76179 (Address) ATTEST: (Address) (Surety) Secretary (SEAL) Witness as to Surety P 0 Box 2285 Ft Worth, TX 76113 F6 Hartford Fire Insurance Company Surety, r~'\ A BY: ------------ (Attorney-in-fact) (5) Tobin Tucker P 0 Box 2285 Ft Worth, TX 76113 (Address) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract (1) Correct Name of Contractor (2) A Corporation, a partnership or an Individual, as case may be (3) Correct name of Surety (4) If Contractor is Partnership all Partners should execute Bond (5) A true copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by Attomey-in-F act. HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Hartford, Connecticut POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all men by these Presents, That HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having its principal office in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, does hereby make, constitute and appoint TRACY TUCKER. TOBIN TUCKER and W. LA WRENCE BROWN of FORT WORTH, TEXAS its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority to each of said Attorney(s)-in-Fact, in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute and acknowledge any and all bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Company in its business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons holding places of public or private trust; guaranteeing the performance of contracts other than insurance policies; guaranteeing the performance of insurance contracts where surety bonds are accepted by states and municipalities, and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in all actions or proceedings or by law allowed, and to bind HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof were signed by an Executive Officer of HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY and sealed and attested by one other of such Officers, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that its said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in pursuance hereof. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by authority of the By-Laws of HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, (“the Company”) as amended by the Board of Directors at a meeting duly called and held on July 9,1997, as follows: ARTICLE IV SECTION 7. The President or any Vice President or Assistant Vice-President, acting with any Secretary or Assistant Secretary shall have power and authority to sign and execute and attach the seal of the Company to bonds and undertakings, recongnizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and such instruments so signed and executed, with or without the common seal, shall be valid and binding upon the Company. SECTION 8. The President or any Vice-President or any Assistant Vice President acting with any Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall have power and authority to appoint, for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, one or more resident Vice Presidents, resident Assistant Secretaries and Attorneys-in-Fact and at any time to remove any such resident Vice-President, resident Assistant Secretary, or Attorney-in-Fact, and revoke the power and authority given to him. Resolved, that the signatures of such Officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. In Witness Whereof, HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Assistant Vice-President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed, duly attested by its Secretary, this 14th day of May, 1999. HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY /.J ft Paul A. Bergenholtz, Assistant Secretary Robert L. Post, Assistant Vice President STATE OF CONNECTICUT > SS. Hartford COUNTY OF HARTFORD J On this 14th day of May, A.D. 1999, before me personally came Robert L. Post, to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the County of Hartford, State of Connecticut; that he is the Assistant Vice-President of HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of the said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order. CE RTIFI CATE My Commission Expires June 30, 2004 I, the undersigned, Secretary of HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Connecticut Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached POWER OF ATTORNEY remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that Article IV, Sections 7 and 8 of the By-Laws of HARTFORD FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force. Dated the day of 20Signed and sealed at the City of Hartford. J. Dennis Lane, Assistant Vice PresidentRichard L. Marshall, Jr., Assistant Secretary Form S-3507-9 (HF) Printed in U.S.A. IE TUCKER AGENCY, INC. Bonds and Insurance 206 E. Eighth St., Suite 210 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 (817)336-8520 . I I I I I I I I ] I I I I I I I I CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS CONTRACT THE STATE OF TEXAS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS COUNTY OF TARRANT rrn « n ___FEB 2 2 2000 This agreement made and entered into this the day of A.D., 20 , by and between the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a municipal corporation of Tarrant County, Texas, organized and existing under and by virtue of a special charter adopted by the qualified voters within said City on the 11th day of December, A.D. 1924, under the authority (vested in said voters by the “Home Rule” provision) of the Constitution of Texas, and in accordance with a resolution duly passed at a regular meeting of the City Council of said city , and the City of Fort Worth being hereinafter termed Owner, STABILE & WINN, INC., HEREINAFTER CALLED Contractor. WITNESSETH: That said parties have agreed as follows: 1. That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS ALTERNATE NO. 2 FOR CENTRAL AVENUE FROM NORTH MAIN TO EAST DEAD END 2. That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools, appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents prepared by the Department of Engineering for the Transportation and Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written herein. 3. The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work within ten (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth. 4. The Contractor hereby agrees to prosecute said work with reasonable diligence after the commencement thereof and to fully complete and finish the same ready for the inspection and SCO® tow " WO, E approval of the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth and the City Council of the City of Fort Worth within a period SEVENTY (70) WORKING DAYS. If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the sum of TWO HUNDRED TEN DOLLARS ($210.00) Per working day, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency. 5. Should the Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the work and complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. 6 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City’s engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor’s sole negligence. In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such injury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees.. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor’s liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. The Contractor agrees, on the execution of this Contract, and before beginning work, to make, execute and deliver to said City of Fort Worth good and sufficient surety bonds for the faithful performance of the terms and stipulations of the Contract and for the payment to all claimants for labor and/or materials furnished in the prosecution of the work, such bonds being as provided and required in Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended, in the form included in the Contract Documents, and such bonds shall be for 100 percent of the total contract price, and said surety shall be a surety company duly and legally authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and acceptable to the City Council of the City of Fort Worth. 8. Said City agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for all additions thereto or deductions therefrom, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount (including/excluding) alternates N/A, shall be THREE HUNDRED SIXTY THREE THOUSAND AND FOUR HUNDRED NINETY ONE AND 25/100Dollars, ($363,491.25). 9. It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by said Contractor without the written consent of the Director of the Department of Engineering. 10. The Contractor agrees to pay at least the minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City of Fort Worth, Texas, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein. 11. It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties hereto with references to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas with references to and governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in 8 counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument through its duly authorized officers in 8 counterparts with its corporate seal attached. Done in Fort Worth, Texas, this the dxr^jrF % % 2000, A.D.,^5 RECOMMENDED: DIRECTOR, DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING TRANSPORT ATION/PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR ATTEST: STABILE & WINN, INC PO BOX 79380 SAGINAW, TX 76179 CONTRACTOR TITLE P 0 Box 79380 Saginaw, TX 76179 ADDRESS (SEAL) APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY: November 1960 Revised May 1986 Revised September 1992 17$ 74 Contract Authorization Date ' 0FFICIM ®0ffi cw raw